You are on page 1of 380

ZX470-5G • 470LC-5G • 470H-5G • 470LCH-5G • 470R-5G • 470LCR-5G HYDRAULIC EXCAVATOR TECHNICAL MANUAL OPERATIONAL PRINCIPLE

PART NO. TOJAC-EN-00

Technical Manual
Operational Principle

ZX
470-5G
470LC-5G
470H-5G
470LCH-5G
URL:http://www.hitachi-c-m.com 470R-5G
470LCR-5G
Hydraulic Excavator
Service Manual consists of the following separate Part No.
TOJAC-EN-00

Technical Manual (Operational Principle) : Vol. No.TOJAC-EN


Technical Manual (Troubleshooting) : Vol. No.TTJAC-EN
Workshop Manual : Vol. No.WJAC-EN
PRINTED IN JAPAN (K) 2011, 10
INTRODUCTION
To The Reader
This manual is written for an experienced technician to  If you have any questions or comments, at if you found
provide technical information needed to maintain and any errors regarding the contents of this manual,
repair this machine. please contact using “Service Manual Revision Request
Form” at the end of this manual. (Note: Do not tear off
 Be sure to thoroughly read this manual for correct the form. Copy it for usage.):
product information and service procedures.  Publications Marketing & Product Support Hitachi
Construction Machinery Co. Ltd.
 TEL: 81-29-832-7084
 FAX: 81-29-831-1162
 E-mail: dc@hitachi-kenki.com

Additional References
Please refer to the other materials (operator’s manual,
parts catalog, engine technical material and Hitachi
training material etc.) in addition to this manual.

Manual Composition
This manual consists the Technical Manual, the Workshop  Information included in the Workshop Manual:
Manual and the Engine Manual. Technical information needed for maintenance and
repair of the machine, tools and devices needed for
 Information included in the Technical Manual: maintenance and repair, maintenance standards, and
Technical information needed for redelivery and delivery, removal / installation and assemble / disassemble
operation and activation of all devices and systems, procedures.
operational performance tests, and troubleshooting
procedures.  Information included in the Engine Manual:
Technical information needed for redelivery and delivery
and maintenance and repair of the machine, operation
and activation of all devices and systems, troubleshooting
and assemble / disassemble procedures.

Page Number
Each page has a number, located on the center lower part
of the page, and each number contains the following
information:

Example:
 Technical Manual: T 1-3-5  Workshop Manual: W 1-3-2-5
T Technical Manual W Workshop Manual
1 Section Number 1 Section Number
3 Group Number 3 Group Number
5 Consecutive Page Number for Each Group 2 Sub Group Number
5 Consecutive Page Number for Each Group

IN-01
INTRODUCTION
Safety Alert Symbol and Headline Notations
In this manual, the following safety alert symbol and
signal words are used to alert the reader to the potential d CAUTION:
Indicated potentially hazardous situation which could, if
for personal injury of machine damage.
not avoided, result in personal injury or death.
d This is the safety alert symbol. When you see this IMPORTANT:
symbol, be alert to the potential for personal injury.
Indicates a situation which, if not conformed to the
Never fail to follow the safety instructions prescribed
instructions, could result in damage to the machine.
along with the safety alert symbol.
The safety alert symbol is also used to draw attention to
component/part weights. f NOTE:
Indicates supplementary technical information or know-
To avoid injury and damage, be sure to use appropriate
how.
lifting techniques and equipment when lifting heavy
parts.

Units Used
SI Units (International System of Units) are used in this Example: 24.5 MPa (250 kgf/cm2, 3560 psi)
manual. MKSA system units and English units are also
indicated in parentheses just behind SI units. A table for conversion from SI units to other system units
is shown below for reference purposes.

Quantity To Convert From Into Multiply By


Length mm in 0.03937
mm ft 0.003281
Volume L US gal 0.2642
L US qt 1.057
m3 yd3 1.308
Weight kg lb 2.205
Force N kgf 0.10197
N lbf 0.2248
Torque N·m kgf·m 0.10197
Pressure MPa kgf/cm 2
10.197
MPa psi 145.0
Power kW PS 1.360
kW HP 1.341
Temperature °C °F °C×1.8+32
Velocity km/h mph 0.6214
min -1
rpm 1.0
Flow rate L/min US gpm 0.2642
mL/rev cc/rev 1.0

fNOTE: The numerical value in this manual might be


different from the above-mentioned table.

IN-02
Symbol and Abbreviation
Symbol and Abbreviation

Symbol / Name Explanation


Abbreviation
TO Technical manual (Operational principle)Technical manual (Operational Principle).
TT Technical manual (Troubleshooting) Technical manual (Troubleshooting).
T/M Technical manual Technical manual.
W, W/M Workshop manual Workshop manual (Removal and Installation, Disassembly
and Assembly).
MC Main Controller Main controller. MC controls the engine, pump, and valve
according to the machine operating condition.
ECF Engine Controller Engine controller. ECF controls EC motor according to the
machine operating condition.
VGS Variable Geometry System controller Variable turbo controller. VGS is an exhaust turbo charged
system to supercharge the exhaust energy while running
the engine at slow idle speed. VGS optimizes the turbine
rotation, improves the performance at slow-speed torque
and the acceleration, reduces fuel consumption, and reduces
particulate matter (PM) by adjusting the nozzle opening of
turbine housing.
GSM Global System for Mobile communications Communication controller. GSM is a type of wireless
controller communication system, is used in more than on 100
countries around Europe and Asia, and becomes the factual
global standards of the mobile telephone.
GPS Global Positioning System Global positioning system.
CAN Controller Area Network CAN communication. CAN is a serial communications
protocol internationally-standardized by ISO (International
Organization for Standardization).
A/C Air Conditioner Air conditioner.
OP, OPT Option Optional component.
MPDr. Maintenance Pro Dr. MPDr. is software that troubleshooting, monitoring, and
adjustment.
A/I Auto-Idle Auto-idle.
WU Warming-Up Warming-up.
Li Low (Slow) Idle Slow idle engine speed.
ATT Attachment Attachment. Attachment is optional parts such as breaker,
crusher, and pulverizer in this manual.

SY-1
Symbol and Abbreviation

Symbol / Name Explanation


Abbreviation
DPF Diesel Particulate Filter DPF is a filter which removes particulate matter (PM)
including the toxic substance of exhaust gas of the diesel
engine. Exhaust particulate removal equipment.
DPD Diesel Particulate Diffuser DPD is an exhaust emission control system, a type of DPF,
which cleans up particulate matter (PM) of diesel engine
exhaust gas. DPD is a ceramic filter which traps and filters
PM of exhaust gas. DPD burns up accumulated PM when PM
increases and regenerates the filter.
DOC Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Oxidation catalyst for the diesel engine. Diesel oxidation
catalyst oxidizes unburnt fuel and raises exhaust
temperature.
CSF Catalyzed Soot Filter Filter. The filter traps, burns, and remove particulate matter
(PM) by using high-temperature-exhaust gas with diesel
oxidation catalyst. Catalyst is applied onto the filter. This
advances PM burning.
PM Particulate Matter Particulate matter.
EGR Exhaust Gas Recirculation The EGR control re-circulates a part of exhaust gas in the
intake manifold and combines it with intake-air. Therefore,
combustion temperature is lowered and generation of oxide
of nitrogen (NOx) is controlled.

SY-2
SECTION AND GROUP SECTION 1 GENERAL
CONTENTS Group 1 Specification
Group 2 Component Layout
Group 3 Component Specifications
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 1 Controller
TECHNICAL MANUAL Group 2 Control System
(Operational Principle) Group 3 Hydraulic System
Group 4 Electrical System
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device
Group 2 Swing Device
Group 3 Control Valve
Group 4 Pilot Valve
Group 5 Travel Device
Group 6 Signal Control Valve
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)
Group 8 Others (Undercarriage)

All information, illustrations and


specifications in this manual are based on
the latest product information available
at the time of publication. The right is
reserved to make changes at any time
without notice.

COPYRIGHT(C)2011
Hitachi Construction Machinery Co., Ltd.
Tokyo, Japan
All rights reserved
TECHNICAL MANUAL (Troubleshooting) WORKSHOP MANUAL
SECTION 4 OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE TEST SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 1 Introduction Group 1 Precautions for Disassembling and Assembling
Group 2 Standard Group 2 Tightening Torque
Group 3 Engine Test Group 3 Painting
Group 4 Excavator Test Group 4 Bleeding Air from Hydraulic Oil Tank
Group 5 Component Test Group 5 Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release Procedure
Group 6 Adjustment Group 6 Preparation
SECTION 5 TROUBLESHOOTING SECTION 2 MAINTENANCE STANDARD
Group 1 Diagnosing Procedure Group 1 Upperstructure
Group 2 Monitor Group 2 Undercarriage
Group 3 e-Service Group 3 Attachment
Group 4 Component Layout SECTION 3 UPPERSTRUCTURE
Group 5 Troubleshooting A Group 1 Cab
Group 6 Troubleshooting B Group 2 Counterweight
Group 7 Air Conditioner Group 3 Main Frame
Group 4 Engine
Group 5 Radiator
Group 6 Hydraulic Oil Tank
Group 7 Fuel Tank
Group 8 Pump Device
Group 9 Control Valve
Group 10 Swing Device
Group 11 Pilot Valve
Group 12 Solenoid Valve
Group 13 Signal Control Valve
Group 14 Shockless Valve
SECTION 4 UNDERCARRIAGE
Group 1 Swing Bearing
Group 2 Travel Device
Group 3 Center Joint
Group 4 Track Adjuster
Group 5 Front Idler
Group 6 Upper and Lower Roller
Group 7 Track
SECTION 5 ATTACHMENT
Group 1 Front Attachment
Group 2 Cylinder
SECTION 1

GENERAL
CONTENTS
Group 1 Specifications
Specifications........................................................................ T1-1-1
Working Ranges................................................................... T1-1-4
Group 2 Component Layout
Main Component................................................................. T1-2-1
Electrical System (Overview)........................................... T1-2-3
Electrical System (Rear Tray)............................................. T1-2-4
Electrical System (Switch Panel)..................................... T1-2-5
Electrical System (Cab Behind Side).............................. T1-2-6
Isolation Switch (Optional)............................................... T1-2-8
Engine....................................................................................T1-2-10
Pump Device.......................................................................T1-2-11
Control Valve.......................................................................T1-2-12
Check Valve / Accumulator.............................................T1-2-14
Signal Control Valve..........................................................T1-2-14
4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit...........................................T1-2-17
2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit...........................................T1-2-17
Layout of Attachment Spec. Parts
(Hydraulic System).......................................................T1-2-18
Group 3 Component Specifications
Engine...................................................................................... T1-3-1
Engine Accessories.............................................................. T1-3-5
Hydraulic Component........................................................ T1-3-6
Electrical Component.......................................................T1-3-10

JACT-1-1
(Blank)

JACT-1-2
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 1 Specifications

Specifications
ZX470-5G, 470LC-5G

A
G C

B L
F

E
D

K J
I H

MJAC-12-001

Model ZX470-5G ZX470LC-5G


Type of Front-End Attachment - 3.4 m Arm
Bucket Capacity (Heaped) m3 1.9 (1.7: CECE) 2.1 (1.8: CECE)
Operating Weight kg 45600 46800
Base Machine Weight kg 35700 36900
Engine - 235 kW/1800 min-1(320 PS/1800 rpm)
A: Overall Width (Excluding Back Mirrors) mm 3820 3820
B: Cab Height mm 3170 3210
C: Rear End Swing Radius mm 3660 3660
D: Minimum Ground Clearance mm *495 *535
E: Counterweight Clearance mm *1230 *1270
F: Engine Cover Height mm 2790 2830
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure mm 3480 3480
H: Undercarriage Length mm 5040 5470
I: Undercarriage Width mm 3340 3340
J: Sprocket Center to Idle Center mm 4040 4470
K: Track Shoe Width mm 600 (Grouser shoe)
L: Overall Height mm 3540 3580
Ground Pressure kPa (kgf/cm2) 85 (0.87) 79 (0.81)
Swing Speed min-1 (rpm) 9.0
Travel Speed (fast/slow) km/h 5.1/3.8
Gradeability % (Degree) 70 (35)

f NOTE: *The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

T1-1-1
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 1 Specifications

ZX470H-5G, 470LCH-5G

A
G C

L
B
F

E
D

K J

I H
MJAC-12-003

Model ZX470H-5G ZX470LCH-5G


Type of Front-End Attachment - 3.4 m H Arm
Bucket Capacity (Heaped) m3 1.9 (1.7: CECE) 1.9 (1.7: CECE)
Operating Weight kg 46700 47800
Base Machine Weight kg 36200 37400
Engine - 235 kW/1800 min (320 PS/1800 rpm)
-1

A: Overall Width (Excluding Back Mirrors) mm 3820 3820


B: Cab Height mm 3280 3320
C: Rear End Swing Radius mm 3660 3660
D: Minimum Ground Clearance mm *495 *535
E: Counterweight Clearance mm *1230 *1270
F: Engine Cover Height mm 2790 2830
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure mm 3480 3480
H: Undercarriage Length mm 5040 5470
I: Undercarriage Width mm 3340 3340
J: Sprocket Center to Idle Center mm 4040 4470
K: Track Shoe Width mm 600 (Grouser shoe)
L: Overall Height mm 3540 3580
Ground Pressure kPa (kgf/cm2) 87 (0.89) 81 (0.83)
Swing Speed min-1 (rpm) 9.0
Travel Speed (fast/slow) km/h 5.1/3.8
Gradeability % (Degree) 70 (35)

f NOTE: *The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

T1-1-2
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 1 Specifications

ZX470R-5G, 470LCR-5G

A
G C

L
B
F

E
D

K J

I H
MJAC-12-003

Model ZX470R-5G ZX470LCR-5G


Type of Front-End Attachment - 3.4m R Arm
Bucket Capacity (Heaped) m3 1.9 (1.7: CECE) 1.9 (1.7: CECE)
Operating Weight kg 46900 48100
Base Machine Weight kg 36400 37600
Engine - 235 kW/1800 min-1(320 PS/1800 rpm)
A: Overall Width (Excluding Back Mirrors) mm 3820 3820
B: Cab Height mm 3280 3320
C: Rear End Swing Radius mm 3660 3660
D: Minimum Ground Clearance mm *495 *535
E: Counterweight Clearance mm *1230 *1270
F: Engine Cover Height mm 2790 2830
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure mm 3480 3480
H: Undercarriage Length mm 5040 5470
I: Undercarriage Width mm 3340 3340
J: Sprocket Center to Idle Center mm 4040 4470
K: Track Shoe Width mm 600 (Grouser shoe)
L: Overall Height mm 3540 3580
Ground Pressure kPa (kgf/cm2) 87 (0.89) 82 (0.83)
Swing Speed min-1 (rpm) 9.0
Travel Speed (fast/slow) km/h 5.1/3.8
Gradeability % (Degree) 70 (35)

f NOTE: *The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

T1-1-3
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 1 Specifications

Working Ranges
ZX470-5G, 470LC-5G
G

Backhoe MJAC-12-002

Category 7.0m Boom 8.2m Boom


2.9m Arm 3.4m Arm 3.9m Arm 4.9m Arm 4.9m Arm
Backhoe Backhoe Backhoe Backhoe Backhoe

ZX470-5G ZX470LC-5G ZX470-5G ZX470LC-5G ZX470-5G ZX470LC-5G ZX470-5G ZX470LC-5G ZX470LC-5G


Item
A: Maximum Digging
11400 11400 12060 12060 12490 12490 13260 13260 14430
Reach (mm)
B: Maximum Digging
7400 7360 7890 7850 8390 8350 9230 9190 10310
Depth (mm)
C: Maximum Cutting
10130 10170 10920 10960 11040 11080 11420 11460 11980
Height (mm)
D: Maximum
6900 6910 7530 7570 7650 7690 8390 8430 8980
Dumping Height (mm)
E: Overall Height (mm) *3850 *3910 *3450 *3730 *3490 *3480 *4660 *4660 *4530
F: Overall Length (mm) 12130 12130 12050 12040 12050 12040 11850 11880 13150
G: Minimum Swing
5020 5020 4840 4840 4810 4810 4850 4850 5870
Radius (mm)

f NOTE: *The dimension includes the height of the shoe lug. Other dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
T1-1-4
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 1 Specifications

ZX470H-5G, 470LCH-5G

MJAC-12-004
Backhoe

7.0m H Boom
Category 3.4m H Arm
Item Backhoe
ZX470H-5G ZX470LCH-5G
A: Maximum Digging Reach (mm) 12060 12060
B: Maximum Digging Depth (mm) 7900 7860
C: Maximum Cutting Height (mm) 10920 10980
D: Maximum Dumping Height (mm) 7520 7560
E: Overall Height (mm) *3450 *3450
F: Overall Length (mm) *12050 *12040
G: Minimum Swing Radius (mm) 4840 4840

f NOTE: *The dimension includes the height of the shoe lug.


Other dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

T1-1-5
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 1 Specifications

ZX470R-5G, 470LCR-5G

MJAC-12-004
Backhoe

7.0m R Boom
Category 3.4m R Arm
Item Backhoe
ZX470R-5G ZX470LCR-5G
A: Maximum Digging Reach (mm) 12060 12060
B: Maximum Digging Depth (mm) 7900 7860
C: Maximum Cutting Height (mm) 10920 10980
D: Maximum Dumping Height (mm) 7520 7650
E: Overall Height (mm) 3450 3450
F: Overall Length (mm) 12050 12040
G: Minimum Swing Radius (mm) 4840 4840

f NOTE: *The dimension includes the height of the shoe lug.


Other dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

T1-1-6
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Main Component

25

24

2 3
4 5 6

7
8
9
10
11
A
23
22

21

20
19
18
17 12
13
16

15 14
TJAC-01-02-001

1- Arm Cylinder 9- Signal Control Valve 16- Drain Filter 23- Front Attachment / Swing Pilot
2- Washer Tank 10- Shockless Valve (Refer to 17- Pilot Filter/ Pilot Relief Valve Valve
3- Swing Bearing T1-2-2.) 18- Check Valve/Accumulator 24- Boom Cylinder
4- Center Joint 11- Air Cleaner 19- Track Adjuster 25- Bucket Cylinder
5- Swing Device 12- Engine 20- Hydraulic Oil Tank
6- Fuel Tank 13- Engine Oil Filter 21- Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve
7- Reserve Tank 14- Pump Device 22- Travel Pilot Valve
8- Control Valve 15- Travel Device

A- Refer to T1-2-2

T1-2-1
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

View A (Around the Radiator)


1

2 TJAC-01-02-003

Shock less Valve


3

TJAA-01-02-008

1- Air Conditioner Condenser 3- Signal Control Valve 5- Shockless Valve


2- Radiator/Oil Cooler 4- Control Valve

T1-2-2
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Electrical System (Overview)

4 5
2 3
1 6 7
8
9
10
11

17

16 12

13

14
15
TJAC-01-02-002

1- Monitor 7- Components Related with 10- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 15- Components Related with
2- GPS Aerial Control Valve (Refer to T1-2- (Refer to T1-2-17.) Pump Device (Refer to T1-2-
3- Horn 12.) 11- Air Cleaner Restriction Switch 11.)
4- Around Battery (Refer to 8- Components Related with 12- Around Radiator (Refer to 16- Hydraulic Oil Temperature
T1-2-7.) Signal Control Valve (Refer to T1-2-7.) Sensor
5- Components Related with T1-2-14.) 13- Rear Camera 17- Electrical System (Cab Behind
Check Valve (Refer to T1-2-14.) 9- Fuel Sensor 14- Components Related with Side) (Refer to T1-2-6.)
6- Coolant Level Switch Engine (Refer to T1-2-10.)

T1-2-3
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Electrical System (Rear Tray)

18 19 20

2
1

3
4
5

TJAA-01-02-004
7

10 11
9
12
8

13

14

17 16 15
T1V1-01-02-009

1- Monitor Controller 6- Fuse Box 2 12- Horn Relay (R10) 18- Auto Lubrication Relay (R15)
2- GSM (Option) 7- Wiper/Light Controller 13- Security Relay (R5) 19- Work Light Relay 3 (R17)
3- MC (Main Controller) 8- Wiper Relay (R6) 14- Starter Cut Relay (R4) 20- Engine Learning Switch
4- MPDr. Connector (Download 9- Work Light Relay 1 (R7) 15- Security Horn Relay (R3)
Connector Using Conbinedly) 10- Work Light Relay 2 (R8) 16- Pilot Shut-Off Relay (R2)
5- Fuse Box 1 11- Washer Relay (R9) 17- Load Damp Relay (R1)

T1-2-4
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Electrical System (Switch Panel)

1 2

16
4

15

13 14 7

23
22
21

12 11 10
20
19
17 18

TJAA-01-02-003 TDAA-05-02-059

1- Return to Previous Screen 7- Auto-Idle Switch 14- Wiper/Washer Switch 20- Auto-Lubrication Switch
Switch 8- Travel Mode Switch 15- AUTO/OFF Switch/Blower (Optional)
2- Return to Basic Screen/Level 9- Work Light Switch Switch 21- Swing Alarm Cancel Switch
Switch 10- Power Mode Switch 16- Temperature Control Switch/ (Optional)
3- Selector/Set Switch 11- Key Switch MODE Switch 22- Rear Work Light Switch
4- AM·FM Switch/Tuning Switch 12- TEN-key Switch 17- Travel Alarm Cancel Switch (Optional)
5- Power Switch/Volume Control 13- Overhead Window Wiper/ (Optional) 23- Beacon Light Switch (Optional)
Switch Overhead Window Washer 18- Seat Heat Switch (Optional)
6- Engine Control Dial Switch (Option) 19- Boom Mode Selector Switch

T1-2-5
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Electrical System (Cab Behind Side)

TJAC-01-02-004

1- ECF (Engine Controller)

T1-2-6
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Around Radiator

1 2
TJAC-01-02-003

Around Battery

5 6 7 8

9
3
10

T1J1-01-02-012

1- Receiver Tank 5- Starter Relay 2 8- Auto-Lubrication Pump 10- Fuel Filter System Pump
2- Fresh Air Temperature Sensor 6- Battery Relay (Optional) (Optional)
3- Battery 7- Fusible Link 9- Fuel Filter System Switch
4- Glow Plug Relay (Optional)

T1-2-7
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Isolation Switch (Optional)

1
TJAC-01-02-005

1 TJAC-01-02-006

1- Isolation Switch (Optional)

T1-2-8
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

(Blank)

T1-2-9
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Engine

3
2

8 7

T16J-01-01-008

1- N Sensor 4- Oil Level Sensor 7- Coolant Temperature Switch


2- Starter 5- Coolant Temperature Sensor (QOS)
3- Engine Oil Pressure Switch 6- Alternator 8- Overheat Switch (105 °C)

T1-2-10
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Pump Device
5
1 2

4
3
9
8

T16J-01-01-002 T16J-01-01-003

1- Pump 2 4- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 6- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 8- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve
2- Pump 1 Sensor Sensor 9- Pilot Pump
3- Pump 1 Displacement Angle 5- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 7- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure
Sensor Sensor

T1-2-11
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Control Valve

5
TJAA-01-02-015

2 3 4

6
7
8

TJAA-01-02-101

TJAA-01-02-016

1- Main Relief valve 4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-out) 6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket
2- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 5- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit Roll-In)
Out) (Refer to T1-2-15.) 7- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower)
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 8- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In)

T1-2-12
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

(Blank)

T1-2-13
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Check Valve / Accumulator

TJAA-01-02-017

Signal Control Valve

TJAA-03-06-003

1- Pressure Sensor (4-Spool Side) 3- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 5- Pressure Sensor (Attachment)
2- Pressure Sensor (5-Spool Side) 4- Pressure Sensor (Travel)

T1-2-14
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

TJAA-03-06-004

Section A-A

7 2

6 3

5 4

T178-03-06-002

a- Pilot Valve Side

1- Shockless Valve 3- Pump 1 Flow Rate Control 5- Swing Parking Brake Release 7- Auxiliary
2- Arm Flow Rate Control Valve Valve Spool
Control Spool 4- Flow Combiner Valve Control 6- Pump 2 Flow Rate Control
Spool Valve

T1-2-15
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Swing Device Travel Device


1 2

1
M1J1-07-048
M1J1-07-053

1- Swing Relief Valve 2- Counterbalance Valve 3- Travel Relief Valve

T1-2-16
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit

1 2 3 4 5 6

TJAA-01-02-102 TJAA-01-02-103

1- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 3- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 5- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
(SC) (SI) (SC)
2- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 4- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 6- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
(SF) (SG) (SI)

T1-2-17
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Layout of Attachment Spec. Parts (Hydraulic


System)

a
b

d c

TJAA-01-02-105

1- Pilot Valve (Auxiliary)

T1-2-18
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

a Boom Upper Side Accumulator (High Pressure) Refer to T1-2-21.


Accumulator (Low
b - Refer to T1-2-20.
Pressure)
Auxiliary Flow Rate
c - Refer to T1-2-20.
Control Solenoid Valve
d Selector Valve - Refer to T1-2-20.

T1-2-19
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

TJAA-01-02-106
2

TJAA-01-02-107

1- Accumulator (Low Pressure) 3- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control


2- Selector Valve Solenoid Valve

T1-2-20
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Boom Upper Side

TJAA-01-02-108

1- Accumulator (High Pressure)

T1-2-21
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

(Blank)

T1-2-22
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

Engine

Manufacturer ISUZU
Model AA-6WG1TQA
Type Diesel, 4-Cycle, Water-cooled, Inline, Direct Injection Type, Exhaust Turbo
Charged Type
Cyl. No.- Bore × Stroke 6-147 mm × 154 mm (5.79 in × 6.06 in)
Piston Displacement 15681 cm3 (957 in3)
Rated Output 235 kW / 1800 min-1 (320 PS / 1800 rpm)
Compression Ratio 16.4
Dry Weight 1125 kg (2480 lb)
Firing Order 1-5-3-6-2-4
Rotation Direction Clockwise (Viewed from fan side)

T1-3-1
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

COOLING SYSTEM Cooling Fan Dia. 850 mm (33.4 in), 6 Blades, Draw-in Type
Thermostat Cracking Temperature at Atmospheric Pressure: 83 °C (181 °F)
Full Open (Stroke: 10 mm or more) Temperature: 95 °C (203 °F)
Water Pump Centrifugal Belt Driven Type
LUBRICATION Lubrication Pump Type Gear Pump
SYSTEM
Oil Filter Combined System of Full Flow and Bypass Type
Oil Cooler Water Cooled Integral Type
STARTING SYSTEM Motor Reduction Type
Voltage / Output 24 V / 7 kW (9.5 PS)
PREHEAT SYSTEM Preheating Method Glow Plug (QOS-II Type)
ENGINE STOP SYSTEM Stop Method Fuel Shut-Off
ALTERNATOR Type AC Type (With IC Regulator)
Voltage / Output 24 V / 50 A
SUPERCHARGING Type Exhaust-Turbocharger Type HI RHC9
SYSTEM
FUEL SYSTEM Type S3S BOSCH Type
Governor Centrifugal All Speed Control RSV Type
Injection Nozzle Multi-Hole Type

T1-3-2
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

IMPORTANT: This list shows design specifications, which are not servicing standards.

PERFORMANCE Lubricant Consumption Less than 100 mL/h (0.03 US gal/h) at 1800 min-1 (rpm)
(at New Engine) Fuel Consumption Ratio Less than 223 g/kW·h (164 g/PS·h) at 235 kW (320 PS)/1800 min-1
(rpm) (With Cooling Fan)
Maximum Output Torque More than 1275 N·m (130 kgf·m) at approx. 1500 min-1 (rpm)
Compression Pressure 2.75 MPa (28 kgf/cm2) at 150 min-1
Valve Clearance (Inlet / 0.4/0.4 mm (When Cool)
Exhaust)
No Load Speed Slow: 900±25 min-1
Fast: 1985±15 min-1)

T1-3-3
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

Engine Performance Curve (AA-6WG1TQA)


Test Condition:
1. In conformity with JIS D1005 (Performance Test
Method for Diesel Engine Used for Construction
Machinery) under standard atmospheric pressure.
2. Equipped with the fan and alternator.

Torque (N·m)
1500
1400
1300
1200
1100
1000
Output (kW)
250

200

150

100

50

0
Fuel Consumption
280 Ratio (g/kW·h)

260

240

220

200
500 1000 1500 2000 2500
TJAC-01-03-001

Engine Speed min (rpm)


-1

T1-3-4
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

Engine Accessories

RADIATOR ASSEMBLY Type Radiator/Oil Cooler Tandem Type Assembly


Weight 260 kg (573 lb)

Radiator Oil Cooler


Capacity 21 L (5.5 US gal) 16 L (4.2 US gal)
Air-Tight Test Pressure 100 kPa (1.0 kgf/cm2, 15 psi) 1500 kPa (15 kgf/cm2, 218 psi)
Cap Opening Pressure 50 kPa (0.5 kgf/cm2, 7 psi) −

BATTERY Type 195G51-MF


Capacity 170 Ah (20-Hour Rate)
Voltage 12 V
Weight 41 kg (90 lb)×2

T1-3-5
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

Hydraulic Component

PUMP DEVICE Drive Gear Ratio Pump 2 (Drive Side): 1


Pump 1 : 32/31
Pilot Pump : 32/31
MAIN PUMP Type Variable Displacement Swash Plate Tandem Plunger Pump
Theoretical Displacement Pump 2 (Drive Side): 204 cm3/rev (12.4 in3/rev)
Pump 1: 197 cm3/rev (12.0 in3/rev)
Rated Pressure 31.9 MPa (325 kgf/cm2, 4627 psi)
Maximum Flow 367 L/min (97.0 us gpm) × 2
(Theoretical Value)
REGULATOR Type Solenoid Valve Operated Type
PILOT PUMP Model HY/ZFS 11/16.8
Type Fixed Displacement Type Gear Pump
Theoretical Displacement 16.8 cm3/rev (1.0 in3/rev) × 2
CONTROL VALVE Type Pilot Pressure Operated Type (4-Spools + 5-Spools)
Main Relief Set-Pressure Normal: 31.9 MPa (325 kgf/cm2, 4627 psi) at 285 L/min (75 US gpm)
Increases Pressure: 35.3 MPa (360 kgf/cm2, 5120 psi) at 345 L/min (91
US gpm)
Overload Relief Set- 36.3 MPa (370 kgf/cm2, 5265 psi) at 110 L/min (29 US gpm) (Boom,
Pressure Arm, Bucket)
33.3 MPa (340 kgf/cm2, 4830 psi) at 110 L/min (29 US gpm) (Auxiliary
Close)
27.9 MPa (285 kgf/cm2, 4047 psi) at 50 L/min (13.2 US gpm) (Auxiliary
Open)

T1-3-6
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

SWING DEVICE Type Two-Stage Reduction Planetary Gear


Reduction Gear Ratio 17.53
SWING MOTOR Model M5X130
Type Swash-Plate Type, Fixed Displacement Axial Plunger Motor
Theoretical Displacement 129.2 cm3/rev (7.9 in3/rev) × 2
VALVE UNIT Type Non Counterbalance Valve Type
Relief Set-Pressure 28.4+1.40 MPa (290+140 kgf/cm2, 4119+2030 psi) at 80 L/min (21 US gpm)
SWING PARKING Type Wet-Type Spring Set Hydraulic Released Multi-Disc Brake
BRAKE Release Pressure 3.4 MPa (35 kgf/cm2, 493 psi)
TRAVEL DEVICE Type Three-Stage Reduction Planetary Gear
Reduction Gear Ratio 55.318
TRAVEL MOTOR Type Swash-Plate Type Variable Displacement Axial Plunger Motor
Theoretical Displacement 196.8/271.5 cm3/rev (12/17 in3/rev)
(Theoretical Value) (Fast/
Slow)
TRAVEL BRAKE VALVE Type Counterbalance Valve Type
Relief Set Pressure 36.8 MPa (375 kgf/cm2, 5337 psi)
TRAVEL PARKING Type Wet-Type Spring Set Hydraulic Released Multi-Disc Brake
BRAKE Release Starting Pressure 1.8 MPa (18 kgf/cm2, 261 psi)

T1-3-7
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

CYLINDER Boom Arm Bucket


Rod Diameter 115 mm (4.53’’) 130 mm (5.12’’) 120 mm (4.72’’)
Cylinder Bore 170 mm (6.7’’) 190 mm (7.5’’) 170 mm (6.7’’)
Stroke 1590 mm (5’3’’) 1940 mm (6’44’’) 1325 mm (4’42’’)
Fully Retracted Length 2260 mm (7’5’’) 2710 mm (8’11’’) 2041 mm (6’84’’)
Plating Thickness 30 μm (1.18 μm) 30 μm (1.18 μm) 30 μm (1.18 μm)

T1-3-8
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

FRONT ATTACHMENT Model HVP07C-040-101


PILOT VALVE Plunger Stroke Ports 1, 3: 6.5 mm (0.26 in), Ports 2, 4: 8.0 mm (0.32 in)
TRAVEL PILOT VALVE Model HVP08A-040-101
Plunger Stroke Ports 1, 2, 3, 4: 4.6 mm (0.18 in)
4-SPOOL SOLENOID Type 4-Spool Proportional Solenoid valve
VALVE UNIT Rated Voltage DC 24 V
Coil Resistance 22 Ω
2-SPOOL SOLENOID Type 2-Spool Proportional Solenoid Valve
VALVE UNIT Rated Voltage DC 24 V
Coil Resistance 22 Ω
SIGNAL CONTROL Model KVSS-10-HB
VALVE Rated Pressure 3.72 MPa (38 kgf/cm2, 540 psi)
PILOT SHUT-OFF Type ON/OFF Solenoid Valve
SOLENOID VALVE Rated Voltage DC 24V
Coil Resistance 49 Ω
LOW-PRESSURE Relief Set Pressure 150±37 kPa (1.5±0.4 kgf/cm2, 22±5 psi)
RELIEF VALVE
BYPASS CHECK VALVE Relief Set Pressure 350±38 kPa (3.6±0.4 kgf/cm2, 51±6 psi)
FILTER Air Cleaner (Filtration) -
Full-Flow Filter (Filtration) β10≥2.0
Suction Filter (Filtration) 177 μm (80 mesh)
Drain Filter (Filtration) 10 μm
Pilot Filter (Filtration) 10≥1.4

T1-3-9
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

Electrical Component

BATTERY RELAY Voltage / Current 24 V / 100 A


STARTER RELAY Voltage 24 V
GLOW RELAY Voltage 24 V
ENGINE OIL LEVEL Type Float Type
SWITCH
OVERHEAT SWITCH Coolant Temperature 105±2 °C (221±36 °F)
COOLANT LEVEL Type Float Type
SWITCH
HYDRAULIC OIL Operating Temperature -30 to 120 °C (-22 to 248 °F)
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
AIR FILTER Operating Pressure 6.2±0.6 kPa
RESTRICTION SWITCH
HORN Voltage / Current 24 V·3 A or Less
Sound Pressure 110±5 dB (A) @2 m
ILLUMINATION Working Light Halogen 24V, 70 W
Cab Light 24 V, 10 W
AIR CONDITIONER Refrigerant 134 a
Cooling Ability 16.7 MJ/h (4000 kcal/h) or More
Cool Air Volume 550 m3/h or More
Heating Ability 21.0 MJ/h (5000 kcal/h) or More
Warm Air Volume 400 m3/h or More
Temperature Adjusting Electronic Type
System
Refrigerant Quantity 1150±50 g (2.5±0.11 lb)
Compressor Oil Quantity 180+150 cm3 (0.047+0.0040 US gal)

T1-3-10
MEMO
MEMO
SECTION 2

SYSTEM
CONTENTS
Group 1 Controller
Outline..................................................................................... T2-1-1
CAN Circuit............................................................................. T2-1-2
Group 2 Control System
Outline..................................................................................... T2-2-1
Engine Control...................................................................... T2-2-4
Pump Control......................................................................T2-2-28
Valve Control (Standard).................................................T2-2-46
Other Control......................................................................T2-2-72
Group 3 Hydraulic System
Outline..................................................................................... T2-3-1
Pilot Circuit............................................................................. T2-3-2
Main Circuit..........................................................................T2-3-16
Breaker/Pulverizer/Crusher Circuit (Optional).........T2-3-38
Group 4 Electrical System
Outline..................................................................................... T2-4-1
Main Circuit............................................................................ T2-4-2
Electric Power Circuit (Key Switch: OFF)...................... T2-4-4
CAN Circuit............................................................................. T2-4-6
Accessory Circuit.................................................................. T2-4-8
Preheating Circuit (Key Switch: ON, START).............T2-4-10
Starting Circuit (Key Switch: START)............................T2-4-12
Charging Circuit (Key Switch: ON)...............................T2-4-16
Surge Voltage Prevention Circuit.................................T2-4-20
Pilot Shut-Off Circuit (Key switch: ON).......................T2-4-22
Engine Stop Circuit............................................................T2-4-24
Monitor Circuit....................................................................T2-4-27
Security Circuit....................................................................T2-4-28
Radio Circuit........................................................................T2-4-30
Air Conditioner Circuit.....................................................T2-4-30
Accessory Circuit................................................................T2-4-33
Work Light Circuit..............................................................T2-4-34
Wiper/Washer Circuit........................................................T2-4-36
Cab Light Circuit.................................................................T2-4-38

JACT-2-1
(Blank)

JACT-2-2
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 1 Controller

Outline
The following controllers are provided in this machine in
order to control functions. Each controller excluding the
communication controller communicates by using the
CAN circuit and sends or receives the required signal.

Controller Control Comment on


Control
MC Controls the engine, pumps, and valves. T2-2
ECF Controls the actual engine speed. T2-2
Monitor Controller Displays the operating information and alarms on the monitor. T5-2
Wiper / Light Controller Controls the wipers and work lights. T2-4
Air Conditioner Controller Controls the air conditioner. T2-4, T5-7
Radio Controller Controls the radio. T2-4
Communication Controller Sends the mails and operating information. T5-4

fNOTE: Refer to the corresponding group for details of


each controller control.

T2-1-1
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 1 Controller

CAN Circuit
CAN (Controller Area Network) is ISO Standards of the
serial communication protocol.
Two networks (CAN bus (4)), CAN 0 (1) and CAN 1 (5) are
equipped for this machine.
CAN 0 (1) is used for the engine control. CAN 1 (5) is used
for the accessories.
CAN bus (4) consists of two harnesses, CAN-H (High) (2)
and CAN-L (Low) (3).
Each controller judges the CAN bus (4) level due to
potential difference between CAN-H (High) (2) and CAN-L
(Low) (3).
Each controller arranges the CAN bus (4) level and sends
the signal and data to other controllers.
In addition, termination resistors (120 Ω) (6) are installed
to both ends of CAN bus (4).

T2-1-2
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 1 Controller

3
4
2

3
TDAA-02-05-001

6 1 6 10

7
15

11
5

8 16

6
12 13 14

TDCD-02-01-002

1- CAN 0 5- CAN 1 9- Communication Controller 13- Radio Controller


2- CAN-H (High) 6- Termination Resistor (120 Ω) 10- Monitor Controller 14- Air Conditioner Controller
3- CAN-L (Low) 7- ECF (Engine Controller) 11- MPDr. 15- Monitor Control Unit
4- CAN Bus 8- MC (Main Controller) 12- Wiper / Light Controller 16- Information Control Unit

T2-1-3
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 1 Controller

(Blank)

T2-1-4
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Outline
MC is used in order to control the machine operations.
The signals from the engine control dial, various sensors,
and switches are sent to MC and processed in the logic
circuit.
MC sends the signals equivalent to the target engine
speed to ECF (Engine Controller) by using CAN
communication.
ECF drives EC motor to control the engine according to
the signal from MC.
MC drives the solenoid valve unit and the pump control
solenoid valve in order to control the pump and the valve.

T2-2-1
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Engine Control, Pump Control

Input Signal Output


Engine Control Dial  Engine Control (ECF)
Power Mode Switch  Engine Control Dial Control
Auto-Idle Switch  ECO Control
Travel Mode Switch  Power Mode Control
Key Switch  ECO Mode Control
Pilot Shut-Off Switch  ECO Mode Travel Speed Increase Control
Engine Learning Switch  HP Mode Control
Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Sensor  Travel HP Mode Control
Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Sensor  Auto-Idle Control
Pump 1 Displacement Angle Sensor  Engine Starting Speed Control
Pump 2 Displacement Angle Sensor  * Attachment Operation Speed Limit Control
Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise)  Engine Learning Control
Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower)  Pump Control (Pump Control Solenoid Valve)
Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In)  Pump Flow Rate Control
Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out)  Speed Sensing Control
Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll-In)  Output Power Control
Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll-Out)  MC ECO Mode Control
Pressure Sensor (Swing)  Relief Flow Rate Decrease Control
Pressure Sensor (Travel)  Swing High Pressure Power Decrease Control
Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side)  Overheat Prevention Control
Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side)  *Attachment Operation Pump Control
Pressure Sensor (Attachment) (OP) 
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor 
N Sensor 
ECF
EC Sensor 
CAN

Coolant Temperature 
Sensor Monitor
MPDr.  Controller
Work Mode 

fNOTE: OP: Option


*: This control is for only the machine with the optional parts equipped.

T2-2-2
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Valve Control, Other Control


Input Signal Output
Engine Control Dial  Valve Control (Standard) (4-Spool/2-Spool Solenoid
Valve Units)
Power Mode Switch  Pressure Rising Selection Control When Traveling
Auto-Idle Switch  Power Digging Control
Travel Mode Switch  Auto-Power Lift Control
Key Switch  Travel Motor Displacement Angle Control
Pilot Shut-Off Switch  Boom Mode Selector Control
Power Digging Switch  Swing Flow Rate Control
Boom Mode Selector Switch  Arm 2 Flow Rate Control
Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Sensor  Bucket Flow Combiner Control
Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Sensor 
Pump 1 Displacement Angle Sensor  Valve Control (Optional)
Pump 2 Displacement Angle Sensor  Auxiliary Flow Combiner Control
Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise)  Breaker Circuit Connection Control
Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower)  Auxiliary Overload Relief Pressure Increase Control
Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 
Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out)  Other Control
Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll-In)  Work Mode Control
Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll-Out)  MC Hydraulic Oil Overheat Alarm Control
Pressure Sensor (Swing)  Level Check Control
Pressure Sensor (Travel)  Auto-Lubrication Control
Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side)  * Breaker Alarm Control
Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side)  * Swing Alarm Control
Pressure Sensor (Attachment) (OP)  * Travel Alarm Control
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor 
Auto-Lubrication Switch 
Proximity Switch 
Engine Oil Level Switch 
Coolant Level Switch 
N Sensor 
ECF
EC Sensor 
CAN

Coolant Temperature 
Sensor Monitor
MPDr.  Controller
Work Mode 

fNOTE: OP: Option


*: This control is for only the machine with the optional parts equipped.

T2-2-3
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Engine Control
The engine control consists of the followings.

 Engine Control Dial Control


 ECO Control
 Power Mode Control
 ECO Mode Control
 ECO Mode Travel Speed Increase Control
 HP Mode Control
 Travel HP Mode Control
 Auto-Idle Control
 Engine Starting Speed Control
 * Attachment Operation Speed Limit Control
 Engine Learning Control

fNOTE: * This control is for only the machine with the


optional parts equipped.

T2-2-4
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Engine Control System Layout

2
1 3 14
4
5
6
7
38
8
9
10
11
37 12 16
15

36
17
35
13

34 19 23 25 26
18 24
33 22
20
32
31 27
21 30

TJAC-02-02-001
29 28

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 21- Governor Lever 30- Pump 1 Displacement Angle
Sensor 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Engine Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Coolant Temperature Sensor 31- Travel Mode Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) (OP) 24- N Sensor 32- Slow Speed Position
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- MC 25- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 33- Fast Speed Position
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 14- MPDr. Sensor 34- Auto-Idle Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 15- Monitor Controller 26- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 35- Power Mode Switch
Roll-In) 16- Monitor Sensor 36- Engine Control Dial
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 17- CAN 27- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 37- Key Switch
Out) 18- ECF 28- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 38- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 19- EC Sensor Sensor
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 20- EC Motor 29- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-5
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Engine Control Dial Control


Purpose:
The engine control dial control controls the engine speed A
according to the rotation angle of engine control dial (36).

Operation:
1. MC (13) sends the signals equivalent to the
target engine speed to ECF (18) by using CAN
communication (17) according to the rotation angle
(required engine speed) of engine control dial (36).
2. ECF (18) drives EC motor (20) to control the engine
speed according to CAN communication (17).
B
C D

A - Engine Speed D - Fast Idle Position


B - Engine Control Dial Position
C - Slow Idle Position

T2-2-6
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

2
1 3 14
4
5
6
7
38
8
9
10
11
37 12 16
15

36
17
35
13

34 19 23 25 26
18 24
33 22
20
32
31 27
21 30

TJAC-02-02-002
29 28

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 21- Governor Lever 30- Pump 1 Displacement Angle
Sensor 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Engine Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Coolant Temperature Sensor 31- Travel Mode Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) (OP) 24- N Sensor 32- Slow Speed Position
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- MC 25- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 33- Fast Speed Position
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 14- MPDr. Sensor 34- Auto-Idle Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 15- Monitor Controller 26- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 35- Power Mode Switch
Roll-In) 16- Monitor Sensor 36- Engine Control Dial
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 17- CAN 27- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 37- Key Switch
Out) 18- ECF 28- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 38- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 19- EC Sensor Sensor
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 20- EC Motor 29- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-7
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

ECO Control
Purpose:
The ECO control reduces the engine speed by 100 min-1 A
from fast idle speed in order to reduce fuel consumption
and noise level when all the control levers are in neutral.

Operation:
1. When all following conditions exist and all the
control levers are set to the neutral position
(pressure sensors (2) to (12): OFF), MC (13) sends the
signal to ECF (18) by using CAN communication (17)
after one second.
2. ECF (18) drives EC motor (20) to reduce the engine B
C D
speed by 100 min-1 from fast idle speed.
A - Engine Speed D - Fast Idle Position
B - Engine Control Dial Position
Engine speed reduced (100 min ) condition:
-1
C - Slow Idle Position
 Engine control dial (36): Maximum
 Power mode switch (35): PWR

fNOTE: The ECO control is deactivated by MPDr. (14)


temporarily or completely. The ECO control is activated
again when key switch (37) is turned OFF with the ECO
control deactivated temporarily. The ECO control is fNOTE: When the engine speed set by engine control
always deactivated with the ECO control deactivated dial (36) has already been slower than the fast idle speed
completely. (ECO-suspension) by 100 min-1, the engine speed does not change. In
addition, this control is done regardless of whether the
auto-idle control is done or not.The fast idle speed can be
corrected by MPDr. (14).

T2-2-8
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

2
1 3 14
4
5
6
7
38
8
9
10
11
37 12 16
15

36
17
35
13

34 19 23 25 26
18 24
33 22
20
32
31 27
21 30

TJAC-02-02-003
29 28

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 21- Governor Lever 30- Pump 1 Displacement Angle
Sensor 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Engine Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Coolant Temperature Sensor 31- Travel Mode Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) (OP) 24- N Sensor 32- Slow Speed Position
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- MC 25- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 33- Fast Speed Position
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 14- MPDr. Sensor 34- Auto-Idle Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 15- Monitor Controller 26- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 35- Power Mode Switch
Roll-In) 16- Monitor Sensor 36- Engine Control Dial
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 17- CAN 27- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 37- Key Switch
Out) 18- ECF 28- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 38- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 19- EC Sensor Sensor
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 20- EC Motor 29- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-9
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Power Mode Switch Control


Purpose:
The power mode control shifts the power mode (ECO/
PWR/HP mode) by operating power mode switch (35).

Operation:
1. MC (13) receives the signal from power mode switch
(35).
2. When power mode switch (35) is pushed, MC (13)
changes power mode according to the setting of
Power Mode Selection and Power Mode Memory
Selection which are set up by using MPDr.. (Refer to
the table.)
3. MC (13) sends the signal equivalent to the target
engine speed according to the power mode to ECF
(18) by using CAN communication (17).
4. ECF (18) drives EC motor (20) to control the engine
speed according to CAN communication (17).
5. In addition, MC (13) sends the power mode control
mode to monitor controller (15) by using CAN
communication (17).
6. Monitor controller (15) displays the power mode
control mode on monitor (16).

Power mode when key switch is ON next time


Power mode when key
Power Mode Selection Power Mode Memory Power Mode Memory
switch is OFF
Selection: OFF Selection: ON
ECO ECO ECO
ECO, PWR, HP mode: Selected
PWR PWR PWR
(Default)
HP PWR HP
ECO mode: Fixed - ECO ECO
PWR mode: Fixed - PWR PWR
HP mode: Fixed - HP HP

T2-2-10
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

2
1 3 14
4
5
6
7
38
8
9
10
11
37 12 16
15

36
17
35
13

34 19 23 25 26
18 24
33 22
20
32
31 27
21 30

TJAC-02-02-004
29 28

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 21- Governor Lever 30- Pump 1 Displacement Angle
Sensor 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Engine Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Coolant Temperature Sensor 31- Travel Mode Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) (OP) 24- N Sensor 32- Slow Speed Position
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- MC 25- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 33- Fast Speed Position
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 14- MPDr. Sensor 34- Auto-Idle Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 15- Monitor Controller 26- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 35- Power Mode Switch
Roll-In) 16- Monitor Sensor 36- Engine Control Dial
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 17- CAN 27- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 37- Key Switch
Out) 18- ECF 28- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 38- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 19- EC Sensor Sensor
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 20- EC Motor 29- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-11
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

ECO Mode Control


Purpose:
The ECO mode control reduces the engine speed set A
by engine control dial (36) in order to reduce fuel
consumption.

Operation:
1. When the required engine speed by engine control
dial (36) is faster than the engine speed set by ECO
mode control and power mode switch (35) is in
the ECO mode position, MC (13) sends the signals
equivalent to the target engine speed to ECF (18) by
using CAN communication (17). B
C D
2. ECF (18) drives EC motor (20) to reduce the engine
speed from the required engine speed by engine A - Engine Speed D - Fast Idle Position
control dial (36). B - Engine Control Dial Position
C - Slow Idle Position

T2-2-12
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

2
1 3 14
4
5
6
7
38
8
9
10
11
37 12 16
15

36
17
35
13

34 19 23 25 26
18 24
33 22
20
32
31 27
21 30

TJAC-02-02-005
29 28

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 21- Governor Lever 30- Pump 1 Displacement Angle
Sensor 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Engine Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Coolant Temperature Sensor 31- Travel Mode Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) (OP) 24- N Sensor 32- Slow Speed Position
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- MC 25- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 33- Fast Speed Position
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 14- MPDr. Sensor 34- Auto-Idle Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 15- Monitor Controller 26- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 35- Power Mode Switch
Roll-In) 16- Monitor Sensor 36- Engine Control Dial
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 17- CAN 27- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 37- Key Switch
Out) 18- ECF 28- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 38- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 19- EC Sensor Sensor
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 20- EC Motor 29- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-13
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

ECO Mode Travel Speed Increase Control


Purpose:
The ECO mode travel speed increase control increases
the engine speed and travels faster during travel single
operation with ECO mode.

Operation:
1. When the engine speed is the speed set by ECO
mode control and power mode switch (35) is in
the ECO mode position, MC (13) sends the signals
equivalent to the target engine speed to ECF (18) in
response to the travel control lever stroke by using
CAN communication (17).
2. ECF (18) drives EC motor (20) to increase the engine
speed by 120 min-1 from the speed set by the
engine control dial control and travels faster.

T2-2-14
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

2
1 3 14
4
5
6
7
38
8
9
10
11
37 12 16
15

36
17
35
13

34 19 23 25 26
18 24
33 22
20
32
31 27
21 30

TJAC-02-02-006
29 28

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 21- Governor Lever 30- Pump 1 Displacement Angle
Sensor 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Engine Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Coolant Temperature Sensor 31- Travel Mode Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) (OP) 24- N Sensor 32- Slow Speed Position
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- MC 25- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 33- Fast Speed Position
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 14- MPDr. Sensor 34- Auto-Idle Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 15- Monitor Controller 26- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 35- Power Mode Switch
Roll-In) 16- Monitor Sensor 36- Engine Control Dial
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 17- CAN 27- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 37- Key Switch
Out) 18- ECF 28- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 38- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 19- EC Sensor Sensor
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 20- EC Motor 29- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-15
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

HP Mode Control
Purpose:
F
The HP mode control slightly increases digging power
such as arm roll-in operation while excavating deeply. A

Operation:
1. When the work mode is digging mode, power mode
switch (35) is in the HP mode position, and any of
the following conditions exist, MC (13) sends the
signals equivalent to the target engine speed to ECF
(18) by using CAN communication (17).
2. ECF (18) drives EC motor (20) to increase the engine
speed set by engine control dial (36) in order to B
increase engine output power. C E D

A - Engine Speed E - 1700 min-1


Condition: B - Engine Control Dial Position F - 1800 min-1
 Engine control dial (36): 1700 min-1 or more C - Slow Idle Position
 Signal output from pressure sensor (boom raise) (2) D - Fast Idle Position
or pressure sensor (arm roll-in) (4)
 Average Delivery Pressure of Pumps 1 and 2 are high

fNOTE: The HP mode control can be made operable or


inoperable by MPDr. (11).

T2-2-16
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

2
1 3 14
4
5
6
7
38
8
9
10
11
37 12 16
15

36
17
35
13

34 19 23 25 26
18 24
33 22
20
32
31 27
21 30

TJAC-02-02-007
29 28

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 21- Governor Lever 30- Pump 1 Displacement Angle
Sensor 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Engine Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Coolant Temperature Sensor 31- Travel Mode Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) (OP) 24- N Sensor 32- Slow Speed Position
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- MC 25- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 33- Fast Speed Position
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 14- MPDr. Sensor 34- Auto-Idle Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 15- Monitor Controller 26- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 35- Power Mode Switch
Roll-In) 16- Monitor Sensor 36- Engine Control Dial
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 17- CAN 27- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 37- Key Switch
Out) 18- ECF 28- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 38- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 19- EC Sensor Sensor
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 20- EC Motor 29- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-17
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Travel HP Mode Control


Purpose:
F
The travel HP mode control increases the engine speed
and travels faster during travel single operation. A
E

Operation:
1. When all following conditions exist, MC (13) sends
the signals equivalent to the target engine speed to
ECF (18) by using CAN communication (17).
2. ECF (18) drives EC motor (20) to increase the engine
speed by 100 min-1 from the speed set by the
engine control dial control and travels faster.
B
C D
Condition:
 Engine control dial (36): 1700 min-1 or more A - Engine Speed E - 1700 min-1
 Pressure sensor (travel) (9): Outputting signal B - Engine Control Dial Position F - 1800 min-1
C - Slow Idle Position
D - Fast Idle Position

T2-2-18
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

2
1 3 14
4
5
6
7
38
8
9
10
11
37 12 16
15

36
17
35
13

34 19 23 25 26
18 24
33 22
20
32
31 27
21 30

TJAC-02-02-008
29 28

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 21- Governor Lever 30- Pump 1 Displacement Angle
Sensor 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Engine Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Coolant Temperature Sensor 31- Travel Mode Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) (OP) 24- N Sensor 32- Slow Speed Position
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- MC 25- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 33- Fast Speed Position
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 14- MPDr. Sensor 34- Auto-Idle Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 15- Monitor Controller 26- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 35- Power Mode Switch
Roll-In) 16- Monitor Sensor 36- Engine Control Dial
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 17- CAN 27- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 37- Key Switch
Out) 18- ECF 28- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 38- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 19- EC Sensor Sensor
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 20- EC Motor 29- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-19
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Auto-Idle Control
Purpose:
The auto-idle control reduces the engine speed when A
all the control levers are in neutral. Therefore, fuel
consumption and noise level can be reduced. E

Operation:
1. Approx. 3 seconds after the control lever is set to
F
the neutral position (pressure sensors (2) to (12):
OFF) with auto-idle switch (34) ON, MC (13) sends
the signals equivalent to the auto-idle speed to ECF
(18) by using CAN communication (17).
2. ECF (18) drives EC motor (20) to change the engine B
C D
speed into the auto-idle speed.
3. As soon as either control lever is moved (either A - Engine Speed F - Auto-Idle Speed
B - Engine Control Dial Position
pressure sensor (2) to (12): ON), MC (13) returns the C - Slow Idle Position
signals sending to ECF (18) into those equivalent to D - Fast Idle Position
the target engine speed set by engine control dial E - Fast Idle Speed
(36).
4. ECF (18) drives EC motor (20) to change the engine
speed to the original engine speed.

Auto-Idle Deactivation Condition:


 Control lever: Operated (either pressure sensor (2) to
(12): ON)
 Power mode switch (35): Operated
 Engine control dial (36): Operated

fNOTE: The auto-idle speed can be adjusted by MPDr.


(14). (AI Speed Adjustment)

T2-2-20
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

2
1 3 14
4
5
6
7
38
8
9
10
11
37 12 16
15

36
17
35
13

34 19 23 25 26
18 24
33 22
20
32
31 27
21 30

TJAC-02-02-009
29 28

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 21- Governor Lever 30- Pump 1 Displacement Angle
Sensor 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Engine Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Coolant Temperature Sensor 31- Travel Mode Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) (OP) 24- N Sensor 32- Slow Speed Position
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- MC 25- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 33- Fast Speed Position
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 14- MPDr. Sensor 34- Auto-Idle Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 15- Monitor Controller 26- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 35- Power Mode Switch
Roll-In) 16- Monitor Sensor 36- Engine Control Dial
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 17- CAN 27- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 37- Key Switch
Out) 18- ECF 28- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 38- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 19- EC Sensor Sensor
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 20- EC Motor 29- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-21
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Engine Starting Speed Control


Purpose:
The engine starting speed control decreases the engine
speed to the auto-idle speed.

Operation:
1. When engine control dial (36) is set to 1030 min-1
or faster at engine start, MC (13) sends the signals
equivalent to the target engine speed to ECF (18) by
using CAN communication (17).
2. ECF (18) drives EC motor (20) to decreases the
engine speed to the auto-idle speed or slower.
3. MC (13) deactivates the engine starting speed
control in 5 seconds after the engine starts.
4. Therefore, ECF (18) drives EC motor (20) to return
the engine speed to the engine speed set by engine
control dial (36).
Condition:
 Engine control dial (36): 1030 min-1 or more

T2-2-22
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

2
1 3 14
4
5
6
7
38
8
9
10
11
37 12 16
15

36
17
35
13

34 19 23 25 26
18 24
33 22
20
32
31 27
21 30

TJAC-02-02-010
29 28

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 21- Governor Lever 30- Pump 1 Displacement Angle
Sensor 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Engine Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Coolant Temperature Sensor 31- Travel Mode Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) (OP) 24- N Sensor 32- Slow Speed Position
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- MC 25- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 33- Fast Speed Position
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 14- MPDr. Sensor 34- Auto-Idle Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 15- Monitor Controller 26- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 35- Power Mode Switch
Roll-In) 16- Monitor Sensor 36- Engine Control Dial
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 17- CAN 27- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 37- Key Switch
Out) 18- ECF 28- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 38- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 19- EC Sensor Sensor
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 20- EC Motor 29- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-23
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Attachment Operation Speed Limit Control (Only


Machine Equipped with Attachment Parts)
Purpose: A
The attachment operation speed limit control reduces
the maximum engine speed to the attachment (breaker)
operating engine speed set by MPDr. (14) when the
attachment mode is selected.

Operation:
1. When all following conditions exist and the
attachment mode is selected, MC (13) sends the
signals equivalent to the target engine speed set by
MPDr. (14) to ECF (18) by using CAN communication B
(17). C E D

2. ECF (18) drives EC motor (20) to reduce the A - Engine Speed D - Fast Idle Position
maximum engine speed by the attachment B - Engine Control Dial Position E - 1700 min-1
operating speed set by MPDr. (14). C - Slow Idle Position

Condition:
 MPDr. (14): Resets the maximum engine speed to a
slower (-) attachment (breaker) operating speed.
 Work mode: Attachment mode
Attachment selected by using monitor (16) is set
slower (-) by MPDr. (14).
 Power mode switch (35): HP

T2-2-24
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

2
1 3 14
4
5
6
7
38
8
9
10
11
37 12 16
15

36
17
35
13

34 19 23 25 26
18 24
33 22
20
32
31 27
21 30

TJAC-02-02-011
29 28

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 21- Governor Lever 30- Pump 1 Displacement Angle
Sensor 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Engine Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Coolant Temperature Sensor 31- Travel Mode Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) (OP) 24- N Sensor 32- Slow Speed Position
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- MC 25- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 33- Fast Speed Position
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 14- MPDr. Sensor 34- Auto-Idle Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 15- Monitor Controller 26- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 35- Power Mode Switch
Roll-In) 16- Monitor Sensor 36- Engine Control Dial
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 17- CAN 27- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 37- Key Switch
Out) 18- ECF 28- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 38- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 19- EC Sensor Sensor
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 20- EC Motor 29- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-25
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Engine Learning Control


Purpose:
Inputs the governor lever (21) stopper positions on both
the STOP and FULL sides as the standard data to control
the engine.

Operation:
1. When engine learning switch (39) in the rear
console is turned to the engine learning position, EC
motor (20) is driven by the signals from the MC (13).
2. Therefore, governor lever (21) moves from the IDLE
to FULL and to STOP positions in this order.
3. EC sensor (19) detects the stopper positions of
governor lever (21) on both the FULL and STOP
sides. EC sensor (19) sends each stopper position
signal to MC (13).
4. MC (13) records current when driving EC motor (20)
and stopper position at this time.

IMPORTANT: Be sure to perform the engine learning


if the following repair work is done.(Refer to
Troubleshooting Section)
 After the engine, engine control cable, or EC
motor (20) has been removed.
 After MC (14) has been replaced.

fNOTE: The engine learning is not required when the


batteries are replaced.

T2-2-26
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

2
1 3 14
4
5
6
7
38
8
9
10
11
37 12 16
15

36
17
35
13

34 19 23 25 26
18 24
33 22
20
32
31 27
21 30

39

TJAC-02-02-012
29 28

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 21- Governor Lever 30- Pump 1 Displacement Angle
Sensor 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Engine Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Coolant Temperature Sensor 31- Travel Mode Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) (OP) 24- N Sensor 32- Slow Speed Position
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- MC 25- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 33- Fast Speed Position
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 14- MPDr. Sensor 34- Auto-Idle Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 15- Monitor Controller 26- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 35- Power Mode Switch
Roll-In) 16- Monitor Sensor 36- Engine Control Dial
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 17- CAN 27- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 37- Key Switch
Out) 18- ECF 28- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 38- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 19- EC Sensor Sensor 39- Engine Learning Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 20- EC Motor 29- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-27
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Pump Control
The pump control consists of the followings.

 Pump Flow Rate Control


 Speed Sensing Control
 Output Power Control
 ECO Mode Control
 Relief Flow Rate Decrease Control
 Swing High Pressure Power Decrease Control
 Overheat Prevention Control
 * Attachment Operation Pump Control

fNOTE: * This control is for only the machine with the


optional parts equipped.

T2-2-28
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Pump Control System Layout

14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 16
34 8
9
10 15
11
12
33
17

32

31 13
20 21 22 23
30 18

19

24

27

26 25

29

28

TJAC-02-02-013

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 19- Engine 27- Pump 1 Displacement Angle
Sensor 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 21- N Sensor 28- To Main Relief Valve
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 22- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 29- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) (OP) Sensor 30- Auto-Idle Switch
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 13- MC 23- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 31- Power Mode Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 14- MPDr. Sensor 32- Engine Control Dial
Roll-In) 15- Monitor Controller 24- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 33- Key Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 16- Monitor 25- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 34- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
Out) 17- CAN Sensor
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 18- ECF 26- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-29
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Pump Flow Rate Control


Purpose:
The pump flow rate control makes the pump to deliver oil
amount required for the actuator according to the control
lever stroke.

Operation:
 When the control lever is operated:
1. When the control lever is operated, pressure oil
from the pilot valve acts on each pressure sensor
((2) to (9)) according to the lever stroke.
2. Each pilot pressure sensor ((2) to (9)) detects this
pressure and sends the signal to MC (13).
3. In addition, MC (13) compares the actual
displacement angle detected by pump 1
displacement angle sensor (27) or pump 2
displacement angle sensor (25). MC (13) calculates
the required oil amount and drives pump 1 control
solenoid valve (26) and pump 2 control solenoid
valve (24).
4. Consequently, the pump displacement angle is
increased so that the pump delivery flow rate
increases.

 When the control lever is in neutral:


1. When the control lever is in the neutral position, the
pilot pressure oil to each pressure sensor ((2) to (9))
is stopped.
2. Each pressure sensor ((2) to (9)) detects that
pressure has stopped and sends the signal to MC
(13).
3. In addition, MC (13) compares the actual
displacement angle detected by pump 1
displacement angle sensor (27) or pump 2
displacement angle sensor (25). MC (13) calculates
the required oil amount and drives pump 1 control
solenoid valve (26) and pump 2 control solenoid
valve (24).
4. Consequently, the pump displacement angle is
minimized so that the pump delivery flow rate is
minimized.

T2-2-30
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 16
34 8
9
10 15
11
12
33
17

32

31 13
20 21 22 23
30 18

19

24

27

26 25

29

28

TJAC-02-02-014

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 19- Engine 27- Pump 1 Displacement Angle
Sensor 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 21- N Sensor 28- To Main Relief Valve
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 22- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 29- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) (OP) Sensor 30- Auto-Idle Switch
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 13- MC 23- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 31- Power Mode Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 14- MPDr. Sensor 32- Engine Control Dial
Roll-In) 15- Monitor Controller 24- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 33- Key Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 16- Monitor 25- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 34- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
Out) 17- CAN Sensor
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 18- ECF 26- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-31
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Speed Sensing Control


Purpose:
HP Mode
The speed sensing control controls the pump delivery
flow rate in response to the engine speed changes due to Q
variations in load so that the engine output power can be
utilized more efficiently.
Engine stall is prevented when the machine is operated
under adverse conditions such as operating at high
altitude.

Operation:
1. The target engine speed can be set by engine
control dial (32).
2. ECF (18) receives the signal from N sensor (21).
3. ECF (18) calculates and send actual engine speed to P
MC (13) by using CAN communication (17). T111-05-02-004

4. MC (13) calculates the difference in speed between


the target engine speed and the actual engine PWR/ECO Mode
speed detected by CAN communication (17) from Q
ECF (18). Then, MC (13) sends the signals to pump
1 control solenoid valve (26) and pump 2 control
solenoid valve (24).
5. Pump 1 control solenoid valve (26) and pump 2
control solenoid valve (24) deliver the pilot pressure
according to the signals to the regulator and
controls the pump delivery flow rate.
6. If the engine load increases and the actual engine
speed becomes slower than the target engine
speed, the pump displacement angle is reduced
so that pump flow rate will be reduced. Therefore, P
the engine load is reduced and engine stall is T166-02-01-014
prevented.
P - Pressure Q - Flow Rate
7. If the actual engine speed becomes faster than the
target engine speed, the pump displacement angle
is increased so that pump delivery flow rate will
increase. Therefore, the engine output power can be
utilized more efficiently.

fNOTE: When hydraulic oil temperature is low, the speed


sensing control is deactivated.

T2-2-32
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 16
34 8
9
10 15
11
12
33
17

32

31 13
20 21 22 23
30 18

19

24

27

26 25

29

28

TJAC-02-02-015

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 19- Engine 27- Pump 1 Displacement Angle
Sensor 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 21- N Sensor 28- To Main Relief Valve
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 22- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 29- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) (OP) Sensor 30- Auto-Idle Switch
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 13- MC 23- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 31- Power Mode Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 14- MPDr. Sensor 32- Engine Control Dial
Roll-In) 15- Monitor Controller 24- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 33- Key Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 16- Monitor 25- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 34- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
Out) 17- CAN Sensor
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 18- ECF 26- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-33
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Output Power Control


Purpose:
The output power control controls each pump delivery
flow rate so that the sum of the pump driving torque
assigned to pump 1 and pump 2 does not exceed the
engine output torque, and efficiently utilizes the engine
output power.

Operation:
1. When operating pump 1 and pump 2, some
difference between each delivery pressure occurs
under normal conditions.
2. The higher delivery pressure side pump is loaded
more than the lower delivery pressure side pump.
3. Pump 1 and pump 2 delivery pressure sensors ((22),
(23)) and pump 1 and pump 2 displacement angle
sensors ((27), (25)) detect this status and send the
signals to MC (13).
4. MC (13) calculates the maximum target pump
displacement angle from the signals of pump 1 and
pump 2 delivery pressure sensors ((22), (23)) within
the range that the sum of the pump driving torque
assigned to pump 1 and pump 2 does not exceed
the engine output power.
5. In addition, MC (13) compares the actual pump
displacement angle detected by pump 1 and pump
2 displacement angle sensors ((27), (25)) with the
target pump displacement angle.
6. MC (13) drives the higher load side pump control
solenoid valve in order to align the actual pump
displacement angle with the target pump
displacement angle, and increases the pump
delivery flow rate of the higher load side.

T2-2-34
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 16
34 8
9
10 15
11
12
33
17

32

31 13
20 21 22 23
30 18

19

24

27

26 25

29

28

TJAC-02-02-016

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 19- Engine 27- Pump 1 Displacement Angle
Sensor 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 21- N Sensor 28- To Main Relief Valve
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 22- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 29- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) (OP) Sensor 30- Auto-Idle Switch
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 13- MC 23- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 31- Power Mode Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 14- MPDr. Sensor 32- Engine Control Dial
Roll-In) 15- Monitor Controller 24- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 33- Key Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 16- Monitor 25- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 34- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
Out) 17- CAN Sensor
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 18- ECF 26- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-35
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

ECO Mode Control


Purpose:
The ECO mode control reduces the pump flow rate to 93
% at the HP mode in order to reduce the engine load and
improve fuel consumption rate. Engine stall is prevented
when the machine is operated under adverse conditions
such as using crude fuel or operating at high altitude.

Operation: Q
1. When power mode switch (31) is turned to ECO
mode, the signal is transmitted to MC (13).
2. MC (13) calculates the target pump displacement
angle including the signals from pump 1 and
pump 2 delivery pressure sensors ((22), (23)). In
addition, MC (13) compares the actual pump
displacement angle detected by pump 1 and pump
2 displacement angle sensors ((27), (25)) with the
target pump displacement angle.
3. MC (13) drives pump 1 control solenoid valve (26) P
and pump 2 control solenoid valve (25) to the T166-02-01-006
difference of pump displacement angle between
the actual angle and the target angle so that the P - Pressure Q - Flow Rate
pump displacement angle is reduced and the pump
delivery flow rate decreases.

T2-2-36
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 16
34 8
9
10 15
11
12
33
17

32

31 13
20 21 22 23
30 18

19

24

27

26 25

29

28

TJAC-02-02-017

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 19- Engine 27- Pump 1 Displacement Angle
Sensor 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 21- N Sensor 28- To Main Relief Valve
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 22- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 29- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) (OP) Sensor 30- Auto-Idle Switch
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 13- MC 23- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 31- Power Mode Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 14- MPDr. Sensor 32- Engine Control Dial
Roll-In) 15- Monitor Controller 24- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 33- Key Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 16- Monitor 25- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 34- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
Out) 17- CAN Sensor
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 18- ECF 26- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-37
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Relief Flow Rate Decrease Control


Purpose:
Energy loss and temperature raise of hydraulic oil are
prevented.

Operation:
1. When operating the actuator, the pressure applied
on pump 1 and pump 2 delivery pressure sensors
((22), (23)) are changed according to the load.
2. Pump 1 and pump 2 delivery pressure sensors ((22),
(23)) detect the pump delivery pressures and send Q
the signal to MC (13). Qm
3. When pump delivery pressure becomes 30.9 MPa B
(315 kgf/cm2), MC (13) compares the actual pump
displacement angle detected by pump 1 and pump
2 displacement angle sensors ((27), (25)) with the A
target pump displacement angle. MC (13) drives Qo
pump 1 control solenoid valve (26) and pump 2
control solenoid valve (24) in order to reduce and Pc Pr P
minimize the pump flow rate.
P - Pressure Q - Flow Rate
4. When pressure sensor (9) detects the travel pilot
pressure or pressure sensor (8) detects the swing A - Relief Cutoff B - Relief Cutoff Cut
pilot pressure, MC (13) cancels the pump relief flow
rate decrease control.

T2-2-38
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 16
34 8
9
10 15
11
12
33
17

32

31 13
20 21 22 23
30 18

19

24

27

26 25

29

28

TJAC-02-02-018

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 19- Engine 27- Pump 1 Displacement Angle
Sensor 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 21- N Sensor 28- To Main Relief Valve
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 22- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 29- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) (OP) Sensor 30- Auto-Idle Switch
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 13- MC 23- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 31- Power Mode Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 14- MPDr. Sensor 32- Engine Control Dial
Roll-In) 15- Monitor Controller 24- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 33- Key Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 16- Monitor 25- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 34- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
Out) 17- CAN Sensor
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 18- ECF 26- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-39
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Swing High Pressure Power Decrease Control


Purpose:
The swing high pressure power decrease control reduces
the pump 2 delivery flow rate in order to reduce energy
consumption when starting swing operation.

Operation:
1. When all following conditions exist, MC (13)
activates pump 2 control solenoid valve (26).
2. Pump 2 control solenoid valve (26) delivers the pilot
pressure according to the signals to the regulator
and reduces pump 2 delivery flow rate.
Condition:
 Swing pilot pressure: Large
 No signal output from pressure sensor (boom raise)
(2), pressure sensor (arm roll-in) (4), pressure sensor
(arm roll-out) (5), pressure sensor (travel) (9), or
pressure sensor (attachment) (12).
 Pump 2 delivery pressure: High

T2-2-40
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 16
34 8
9
10 15
11
12
33
17

32

31 13
20 21 22 23
30 18

19

24

27

26 25

29

28

TJAC-02-02-019

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 19- Engine 27- Pump 1 Displacement Angle
Sensor 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 21- N Sensor 28- To Main Relief Valve
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 22- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 29- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) (OP) Sensor 30- Auto-Idle Switch
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 13- MC 23- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 31- Power Mode Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 14- MPDr. Sensor 32- Engine Control Dial
Roll-In) 15- Monitor Controller 24- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 33- Key Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 16- Monitor 25- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 34- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
Out) 17- CAN Sensor
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 18- ECF 26- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-41
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Overheat Prevention Control


Purpose:
The overheat prevention control reduces the maximum
flow rate and the driving torque of the pump when
coolant temperature and hydraulic oil temperature
increase to the specified value or more in order to reduce
the engine load and prevent the overheating.

Operation:
1. MC (13) receives the signal from coolant
temperature sensor (20) through monitor controller Q
(15) and CAN (17).
2. When engine coolant temperature is 92 °C or more,
MC (13) calculates the target pump displacement
angle including the signals from pump 1 and
pump 2 delivery pressure sensors ((22), (23)). In
addition, MC (13) compares the actual pump
displacement angle detected by pump 1 and pump
2 displacement angle sensors ((27), (25)) with the
target pump displacement angle. P
3. MC (13) drives pump 1 control solenoid valve (26)
and pump 2 control solenoid valve (24) in order to Q
align the actual pump displacement angle with the
target pump displacement angle so that the pump
driving torque is reduced by 7%.
4. In addition, MC (13) receives the signal from
hydraulic oil temperature sensor (1).
5. When hydraulic oil temperature is 100 °C or more,
MC (13) calculates the target pump displacement
angle including the signals from pump 1 and P
pump 2 delivery pressure sensors ((23), (23)). In
addition, MC (13) compares the actual pump
displacement angle detected by pump 1 and pump
2 displacement angle sensors ((27), (25)) with the P - Pressure Q - Flow Rate
target pump displacement angle.
6. MC (13) drives pump 1 control solenoid valve (26)
and pump 2 control solenoid valve (24) to the
difference of pump displacement angle between
the actual angle and the target angle so that the
pump displacement angle is reduced and the pump
driving torque is reduced by 7%.

Overheat control completed condition:


 Coolant temperature: 85 °C or less
 Hydraulic oil temperature: 95 °C or less

T2-2-42
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 16
34 8
9
10 15
11
12
33
17

32

31 13
20 21 22 23
30 18

19

24

27

26 25

29

28

TJAC-02-02-020

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 19- Engine 27- Pump 1 Displacement Angle
Sensor 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 21- N Sensor 28- To Main Relief Valve
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 22- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 29- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) (OP) Sensor 30- Auto-Idle Switch
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 13- MC 23- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 31- Power Mode Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 14- MPDr. Sensor 32- Engine Control Dial
Roll-In) 15- Monitor Controller 24- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 33- Key Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 16- Monitor 25- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 34- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
Out) 17- CAN Sensor
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 18- ECF 26- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-43
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Attachment Operation Pump Control (Only Machine


Equipped with Attachment Parts)
Purpose:
When operating the attachment, the upper limit of pump
2 maximum flow rate is limited so that the proper flow
rate can flow to the equipped attachment.

Operation:
1. When operating the breaker (attachment pilot
valve), pressure sensor (attachment) (12) detects
attachment pilot pressure and sends the signal to
MC (13).
2. MC (13) always detects the pump displacement
angles detected by pump 1 and pump 2
displacement angle sensors ((27), (25)).
3. MC (13) drives pump 2 control solenoid valve (24).
When pump 2 displacement angle reaches the
displacement angle position of the maximum flow
rate indicated by the attachment mode, MC (13)
holds the pump displacement angle.
4. As the attachment is controlled by the auxiliary
spool at the 5-spool side in the control valve, only
the maximum flow rate of pump 2 is controlled.

fNOTE: As the returning oil from the breaker directly


flows to the hydraulic oil tank without through the oil
cooler, hydraulic oil temperature is raised.
When operating breaker, in order to avoid this
temperature raise, MC (13) drives pump 1 flow rate
control solenoid valve (26) and increases pump 1
delivery flow rate.
Consequently, as oil flow rate through the oil cooler
increases, temperature raise of hydraulic oil is prevented
and the engine overheating is prevented when operating
breaker.

T2-2-44
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 16
34 8
9
10 15
11
12
33
17

32

31 13
20 21 22 23
30 18

19

24

27

26 25

29

28

TJAC-02-02-021

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 19- Engine 27- Pump 1 Displacement Angle
Sensor 10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) 20- Coolant Temperature Sensor Sensor
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 21- N Sensor 28- To Main Relief Valve
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 22- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 29- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) (OP) Sensor 30- Auto-Idle Switch
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 13- MC 23- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 31- Power Mode Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 14- MPDr. Sensor 32- Engine Control Dial
Roll-In) 15- Monitor Controller 24- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 33- Key Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 16- Monitor 25- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 34- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
Out) 17- CAN Sensor
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 18- ECF 26- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-45
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Valve Control (Standard)


The valve control consists of the followings.

 Pressure rising selection control when traveling


 Power Digging Control
 Auto-Power Lift Control
 Travel Motor Displacement Angle Control
 Boom Mode Selector Control
 Swing Flow Rate Control
 Arm 2 Flow Rate Control
 Bucket Flow Combiner Control

T2-2-46
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Valve Control (Standard) System Layout 15

14
1 17
2 16
3
4
5 20 21
6
7 18
43 8
9
10
11
12 19
42
41 25 23
22
40 13

39 24
38 27 28
26
37
36
35
29

34

32

31 30
33

TJAC-02-02-022

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 33- Travel Motor Displacement
Sensor (OP) Sensor Angle Control Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 13- MC 24- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 34- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 14- CAN 25- Pump 1 Displacement Angle 35- Boom Mode Selector Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 15- MPDr. Sensor 36- Power Digging Switch
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 16- Monitor Controller 26- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 37- Travel Mode Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 17- Monitor 27- Control Valve 38- Slow Speed Position
Roll-In) 18- ECF 28- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 39- Fast Speed Position
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 19- Engine 29- Main Relief Valve 40- Power Mode Switch
Out) 20- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 30- Boom Overload Relief 41- Engine Control Dial
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) Sensor Selection Valve 42- Key Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 21- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 31- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 43- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) Sensor 32- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve
11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-47
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Pressure Rising Selection Control When Traveling


Purpose:
Pressure rising selection control increases pressure when
traveling.

Operation:
1. When following conditions exist, MC (13) activates
4-spool solenoid valve unit (26) (SI).
2. 4-spool solenoid valve unit (26) (SI) delivers pilot
pressure to main relief valve (29) and increases
relief pressure. (Refer to Control Valve/COMPONENT
OPERATION.)

Condition:
 Pressure sensor (travel) (9): Outputting signal

T2-2-48
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

15

14
1 17
2 16
3
4
5 20 21
6
7 18
43 8
9
10
11
12 19
42
41 25 23
22
40 13

39 24
38 27 28
26
37
36
35
29

34

32

31 30
33

TJAC-02-02-023

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 33- Travel Motor Displacement
Sensor (OP) Sensor Angle Control Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 13- MC 24- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 34- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 14- CAN 25- Pump 1 Displacement Angle 35- Boom Mode Selector Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 15- MPDr. Sensor 36- Power Digging Switch
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 16- Monitor Controller 26- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 37- Travel Mode Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 17- Monitor 27- Control Valve 38- Slow Speed Position
Roll-In) 18- ECF 28- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 39- Fast Speed Position
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 19- Engine 29- Main Relief Valve 40- Power Mode Switch
Out) 20- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 30- Boom Overload Relief 41- Engine Control Dial
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) Sensor Selection Valve 42- Key Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 21- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 31- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 43- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) Sensor 32- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve
11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-49
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Power Digging Control


Purpose:
The power digging control increases digging force by
temporarily increasing relief pressure.

Operation:
1. During power digging switch is turned ON
(maximum eight second stretch), MC (13) activates
4-spool solenoid valve unit (26) (SI).
2. 4-spool solenoid valve unit (26) (SI) delivers pilot
pressure to main relief valve (29) and increases
relief pressure. (Refer to Control Valve/COMPONENT
OPERATION.)

T2-2-50
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

15

14
1 17
2 16
3
4
5 20 21
6
7 18
43 8
9
10
11
12 19
42
41 25 23
22
40 13

39 24
38 27 28
26
37
36
35
29

34

32

31 30
33

TJAC-02-02-024

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 33- Travel Motor Displacement
Sensor (OP) Sensor Angle Control Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 13- MC 24- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 34- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 14- CAN 25- Pump 1 Displacement Angle 35- Boom Mode Selector Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 15- MPDr. Sensor 36- Power Digging Switch
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 16- Monitor Controller 26- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 37- Travel Mode Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 17- Monitor 27- Control Valve 38- Slow Speed Position
Roll-In) 18- ECF 28- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 39- Fast Speed Position
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 19- Engine 29- Main Relief Valve 40- Power Mode Switch
Out) 20- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 30- Boom Overload Relief 41- Engine Control Dial
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) Sensor Selection Valve 42- Key Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 21- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 31- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 43- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) Sensor 32- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve
11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-51
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Auto-Power Lift Control


Purpose:
The auto-power lift control increases pressure when
raising the boom.

Operation:
1. When all following conditions exist, MC (13)
activates 4-spool solenoid valve unit (26) (SI).
2. 4-spool solenoid valve unit (26) (SI) delivers pilot
pressure to main relief valve (29) and increases relief
pressure. (Refer to Control Valve / COMPONENT
OPERATION.)

Condition:
 Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) (2): Outputting signals
(The boom must be raised to a certain extent.)
(Reference: 1.7 MPa)
 Pump 1 delivery pressure sensor (20): High
(Reference: 31.5 MPa)
 Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) (4): OFF

fNOTE: This control system is activated during combined


operations.

T2-2-52
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

15

14
1 17
2 16
3
4
5 20 21
6
7 18
43 8
9
10
11
12 19
42
41 25 23
22
40 13

39 24
38 27 28
26
37
36
35
29

34

32

31 30
33

TJAC-02-02-025

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 33- Travel Motor Displacement
Sensor (OP) Sensor Angle Control Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 13- MC 24- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 34- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 14- CAN 25- Pump 1 Displacement Angle 35- Boom Mode Selector Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 15- MPDr. Sensor 36- Power Digging Switch
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 16- Monitor Controller 26- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 37- Travel Mode Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 17- Monitor 27- Control Valve 38- Slow Speed Position
Roll-In) 18- ECF 28- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 39- Fast Speed Position
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 19- Engine 29- Main Relief Valve 40- Power Mode Switch
Out) 20- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 30- Boom Overload Relief 41- Engine Control Dial
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) Sensor Selection Valve 42- Key Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 21- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 31- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 43- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) Sensor 32- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve
11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-53
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Travel Motor Displacement Angle Control


Purpose:
The travel motor displacement angle control controls the
travel mode.

Operation:
 Slow Speed
1. When travel mode switch (37) is in slow speed
position (38), the travel motor displacement angle is
kept in the maximum angle so that the travel speed
is slow.
 Fast Speed
1. When all following conditions exist, MC (13) shifts
4-spool solenoid valve unit (26) (SC).
2. 4-spool solenoid valve unit (26) (SC) delivers pilot
pressure to travel motor displacement angle control
valve (33) and decreases the displacement angle to
the minimum, so that the travel speed increases.

Condition:
 Travel mode switch (37): Fast Speed (39)
 Pressure sensor (travel) (9): Outputting signal
 Pump 1 and 2 delivery Pressure Sensors (20, 21): Both
pump delivery pressures are low. (Reference: 24 MPa
or less)
 Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) (10), Pressure Sensor
(5-spool Side) (11): Either pilot pressure is high.
(Reference: 2.2 MPa or more)

fNOTE: When the track is raise off the ground and is


rotated, the one side pump control pressure increases,
so that the raised track rotates at fast speed.When the
machine is traveling at the fast speed and even if the
front attachment is operated (pressure sensor (2) to (7):
ON), the travel mode is kept at the fast speed.

T2-2-54
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

15

14
1 17
2 16
3
4
5 20 21
6
7 18
43 8
9
10
11
12 19
42
41 25 23
22
40 13

39 24
38 27 28
26
37
36
35
29

34

32

31 30
33

TJAC-02-02-026

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 33- Travel Motor Displacement
Sensor (OP) Sensor Angle Control Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 13- MC 24- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 34- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 14- CAN 25- Pump 1 Displacement Angle 35- Boom Mode Selector Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 15- MPDr. Sensor 36- Power Digging Switch
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 16- Monitor Controller 26- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 37- Travel Mode Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 17- Monitor 27- Control Valve 38- Slow Speed Position
Roll-In) 18- ECF 28- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 39- Fast Speed Position
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 19- Engine 29- Main Relief Valve 40- Power Mode Switch
Out) 20- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 30- Boom Overload Relief 41- Engine Control Dial
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) Sensor Selection Valve 42- Key Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 21- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 31- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 43- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) Sensor 32- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve
11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-55
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Boom Mode Selector Control


Purpose:
Reduces vibration of the machine during digging and
ground leveling operation.

Operation:
1. MC (13) receives the signal from each pressure
sensor.
2. When the following conditions exist, MC (13)
operates solenoid valve unit (34) (SC).
3. Pressure oil from the pilot pump acts on boom
overload relief selection valve (30) through 2-spool
solenoid valve unit (34) (SC).
4. When boom overload relief selection valve (30) is
shifted, the relief set pressure of the overload relief
valve decreases.
5. Consequently, as holding pressure at the boom
cylinder rod side decreases, vibration of the
machine is reduced during boom lower operation.
(Refer to COMPONENT OPERATION/Control Valve/
Boom Overload Control Valve.)

Condition:
 Boom mode selector switch (35): ON
 Pressure sensor (travel) (9): No signal
 Pressure Sensors (Boom, Arm, Bucket, Swing, and
Attachment): Outputting signal from either pressure
sensor

fNOTE: Output of one of a pressure sensor (boom raise/


lower, arm roll-out/roll-in, bucket roll-out/roll-in, swing,
travel or attachment (OP)) becomes 0.7 MPa or more, MC
(13) recognizes that a lever is operated.
OP: Option

T2-2-56
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

15

14
1 17
2 16
3
4
5 20 21
6
7 18
43 8
9
10
11
12 19
42
41 25 23
22
40 13

39 24
38 27 28
26
37
36
35
29

34

32

31 30
33

TJAC-02-02-027

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 33- Travel Motor Displacement
Sensor (OP) Sensor Angle Control Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 13- MC 24- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 34- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 14- CAN 25- Pump 1 Displacement Angle 35- Boom Mode Selector Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 15- MPDr. Sensor 36- Power Digging Switch
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 16- Monitor Controller 26- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 37- Travel Mode Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 17- Monitor 27- Control Valve 38- Slow Speed Position
Roll-In) 18- ECF 28- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 39- Fast Speed Position
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 19- Engine 29- Main Relief Valve 40- Power Mode Switch
Out) 20- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 30- Boom Overload Relief 41- Engine Control Dial
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) Sensor Selection Valve 42- Key Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 21- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 31- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 43- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) Sensor 32- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve
11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-57
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Swing Flow Rate Control


Purpose:
During combined operation of swing and boom raise
or swing and arm roll-out, the swing flow rate control
reduces pressure oil to the swing operation and delivers
more pressure oil to boom or arm so that the operating
speed of boom or arm is maintained.

Operation:
1. When any following conditions exist, MC (13)
activates 2-spool solenoid valve unit (34) (SI).
2. 2-spool solenoid valve unit (34) (SI) delivers pilot
pressure. This pilot pressure shifts swing flow rate
control valve (32).
3. Therefore, pressure oil which flows to the swing
spool from pump 2 is reduced by swing flow rate
control valve (32).
4. Consequently, as pressure oil from pump 2 flows to
the spools other than swing, the operating speed of
the boom or arm becomes faster.

Condition:
 Combined operation of swing and boom raise
 Combined operation of swing and arm roll-out

T2-2-58
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

15

14
1 17
2 16
3
4
5 20 21
6
7 18
43 8
9
10
11
12 19
42
41 25 23
22
40 13

39 24
38 27 28
26
37
36
35
29

34

32

31 30
33

TJAC-02-02-028

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 33- Travel Motor Displacement
Sensor (OP) Sensor Angle Control Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 13- MC 24- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 34- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 14- CAN 25- Pump 1 Displacement Angle 35- Boom Mode Selector Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 15- MPDr. Sensor 36- Power Digging Switch
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 16- Monitor Controller 26- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 37- Travel Mode Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 17- Monitor 27- Control Valve 38- Slow Speed Position
Roll-In) 18- ECF 28- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 39- Fast Speed Position
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 19- Engine 29- Main Relief Valve 40- Power Mode Switch
Out) 20- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 30- Boom Overload Relief 41- Engine Control Dial
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) Sensor Selection Valve 42- Key Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 21- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 31- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 43- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) Sensor 32- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve
11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-59
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Arm 2 Flow Rate Control


Purpose: Condition:
During combined operation of front attachment, the  Signal output from pressure sensor (arm roll-in) (4) or
arm 2 flow rate control increases pressure oil to arm 2 pressure sensor (arm roll-out) (5)
and delivers more pressure oil to arm so that the arm  No signal output from pressure sensor (boom raise)
operating speed of actuators other than arm 2 becomes (2) or pump 1 delivery pressure is high
faster.

Operation:
fNOTE: The priority level of arm operation can be
adjusted by monitor (17).
1. When any following conditions exist, MC (13)
activates 4-spool solenoid valve unit (26) (SG).
2. 4-spool solenoid valve unit (26) (SG) delivers pilot
pressure. This pilot pressure shifts arm 2 flow rate
control valve (31).
3. Therefore, the oil flow to the arm 2 spool from
pump 1 is increased.
4. Consequently, the arm operating is maintained.

T2-2-60
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

15

14
1 17
2 16
3
4
5 20 21
6
7 18
43 8
9
10
11
12 19
42
41 25 23
22
40 13

39 24
38 27 28
26
37
36
35
29

34

32

31 30
33

TJAC-02-02-029

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 33- Travel Motor Displacement
Sensor (OP) Sensor Angle Control Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 13- MC 24- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 34- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 14- CAN 25- Pump 1 Displacement Angle 35- Boom Mode Selector Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 15- MPDr. Sensor 36- Power Digging Switch
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 16- Monitor Controller 26- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 37- Travel Mode Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 17- Monitor 27- Control Valve 38- Slow Speed Position
Roll-In) 18- ECF 28- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 39- Fast Speed Position
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 19- Engine 29- Main Relief Valve 40- Power Mode Switch
Out) 20- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 30- Boom Overload Relief 41- Engine Control Dial
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) Sensor Selection Valve 42- Key Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 21- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 31- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 43- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) Sensor 32- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve
11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-61
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Bucket Flow Combiner Control


Purpose:
The bucket flow combiner control combines pressure
oil from pump 1 with pressure oil from pump 2. The
combined pressure oil flows to the bucket spool.
Therefore, the bucket operating speed becomes fast.

Operation:
1. When the following conditions exist, MC (13)
activates 4-spool solenoid valve unit (26) (SF).
2. 4-spool solenoid valve unit (26) (SF) delivers pilot
pressure. This pilot pressure shifts bypass shut-out
valve (28).
3. Therefore, the neutral circuit of pump 2 is blocked.
4. Consequently, pressure oil from pump 2 is
combined with pressure oil from pump 1. The
combined pressure oil flows to the bucket spool
and the bucket operating speed increases.

Condition:
 Signal output from pressure sensor (bucket roll-in)
(6) or pressure sensor (bucket roll-out) (7)

T2-2-62
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

15

14
1 17
2 16
3
4
5 20 21
6
7 18
43 8
9
10
11
12 19
42
41 25 23
22
40 13

39 24
38 27 28
26
37
36
35
29

34

32

31 30
33

TJAC-02-02-030

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 33- Travel Motor Displacement
Sensor (OP) Sensor Angle Control Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 13- MC 24- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 34- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 14- CAN 25- Pump 1 Displacement Angle 35- Boom Mode Selector Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 15- MPDr. Sensor 36- Power Digging Switch
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 16- Monitor Controller 26- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 37- Travel Mode Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 17- Monitor 27- Control Valve 38- Slow Speed Position
Roll-In) 18- ECF 28- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 39- Fast Speed Position
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 19- Engine 29- Main Relief Valve 40- Power Mode Switch
Out) 20- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 30- Boom Overload Relief 41- Engine Control Dial
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) Sensor Selection Valve 42- Key Switch
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 21- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 31- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 43- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) Sensor 32- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve
11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-2-63
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Valve Control (Option)


The valve control (option) consists of the followings.

 Auxiliary Flow Combiner Control


 Breaker Circuit Connection Control
 Auxiliary Overload Relief Valve Pressure Increase
Control

fNOTE: This control is for only the machine with the


optional parts equipped.

T2-2-64
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Valve Control (Option) System Layout 15

14 17
1

2 16
3
4
5 20 21
6
7 18
8
9
10
11
12 19

25 23
13 22

24
26 27 28 29

34

30

35
37
36

38

31
TJAC-02-02-031
39 33 32

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 32- Pressure Oil from Pump 1
Sensor (OP) Sensor 33- Pressure Oil from Pump 2
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 13- MC 24- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 34- Overload Relief Valve
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 14- CAN 25- Pump 1 Displacement Angle 35- Accumulator (Main Circuit)
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 15- MPDr. Sensor 36- Selector Valve
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 16- Monitor Controller 26- Auxiliary Control Solenoid 37- Attachment
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 17- Monitor Valve Unit 38- Accumulator (Returning
Roll-In) 18- ECF 27- Control Valve Circuit)
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 19- Engine 28- Auxiliary Spool 39- Hydraulic Oil Tank
Out) 20- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 29- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) Sensor (Selector Valve)
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 21- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 30- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) Sensor (Poppet Valve)
11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 31- Bypass Shut-Out Valve

T2-2-65
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Auxiliary Flow Combiner Control


Purpose:
The auxiliary flow combiner control combines pressure
oil from pump 1 with pressure oil from pump 2. The
combined pressure oil flows to auxiliary spool (28).
Therefore, the attachment operating speed is increased.

Operation:
1. When the following conditions exist, MC (13)
activates auxiliary control solenoid valve unit (26)
(SA).
2. Auxiliary control solenoid valve unit (26) (SA)
delivers pilot pressure. This pilot pressure shifts
bypass shut-out valve (31) and auxiliary flow
combiner valve (selector valve) (29).
3. The pressure oil to auxiliary flow combiner valve
(poppet valve) (30) is blocked by auxiliary flow
combiner valve (selector valve) (29) so that flow
combiner valve (poppet valve) (30) opens.
4. As the neutral circuit in 4-spool side is blocked by
bypass shut-out valve (31), pressure oil (32) from
pump 1 through auxiliary flow combiner valve
(poppet valve) (30) is combined with pressure oil
(33) from pump 2 so that combined pressure oil is
supplied to auxiliary spool (28).
5. Consequently, pressure oil from pump 1 and pump
2 are supplied to auxiliary spool (28) so that the
attachment operating speed is increased.
Condition:
 When using pulverizer or crusher
 Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve is set by using
monitor (17) or MPDr. (15).

T2-2-66
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

15

14 17
1

2 16
3
4
5 20 21
6
7 18
8
9
10
11
12 19

25 23
13 22

24
26 27 28 29

34

30

35
37
36

38

31
TJAC-02-02-032
39 33 32

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 32- Pressure Oil from Pump 1
Sensor (OP) Sensor 33- Pressure Oil from Pump 2
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 13- MC 24- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 34- Overload Relief Valve
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 14- CAN 25- Pump 1 Displacement Angle 35- Accumulator (Main Circuit)
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 15- MPDr. Sensor 36- Selector Valve
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 16- Monitor Controller 26- Auxiliary Control Solenoid 37- Attachment
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 17- Monitor Valve Unit 38- Accumulator (Returning
Roll-In) 18- ECF 27- Control Valve Circuit)
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 19- Engine 28- Auxiliary Spool 39- Hydraulic Oil Tank
Out) 20- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 29- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) Sensor (Selector Valve)
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 21- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 30- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) Sensor (Poppet Valve)
11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 31- Bypass Shut-Out Valve

T2-2-67
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Breaker Circuit Connection Control


Purpose:
When selecting breaker, the breaker circuit connection
control connects breaker circuit to the hydraulic oil tank.

Operation:
1. When selecting breaker, MC (13) activates auxiliary
control solenoid valve unit (26) (SC).
2. The auxiliary control solenoid valve unit (26) (SC)
delivers pilot pressure. This pilot pressure shifts
selector valve (36).
3. Therefore, the returning circuit of breaker (37) is
connected to hydraulic oil tank (39).

T2-2-68
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Valve Control (Option) System Layout 15

14 17
1

2 16
3
4
5 20 21
6
7 18
8
9
10
11
12 19

25 23
13 22

24
26 27 28 29

34

30

35
37
36

38

31
TJAC-02-02-033
39 33 32

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 32- Pressure Oil from Pump 1
Sensor (OP) Sensor 33- Pressure Oil from Pump 2
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 13- MC 24- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 34- Overload Relief Valve
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 14- CAN 25- Pump 1 Displacement Angle 35- Accumulator (Main Circuit)
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 15- MPDr. Sensor 36- Selector Valve
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 16- Monitor Controller 26- Auxiliary Control Solenoid 37- Breaker
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 17- Monitor Valve Unit 38- Accumulator (Returning
Roll-In) 18- ECF 27- Control Valve Circuit)
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 19- Engine 28- Auxiliary Spool 39- Hydraulic Oil Tank
Out) 20- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 29- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) Sensor (Selector Valve)
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 21- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 30- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) Sensor (Poppet Valve)
11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 31- Bypass Shut-Out Valve

T2-2-69
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Auxiliary Overload Relief Valve Pressure Increase


Control
Purpose:
The auxiliary overload relief valve pressure increase
control increases relief pressure of auxiliary overload relief
valve (34).

Operation:
1. When operating pulverizer or crusher, MC (13)
activates auxiliary control solenoid valve unit (26)
(SB).
2. Auxiliary control solenoid valve unit (26) (SB)
delivers pilot pressure to overload relief valve (34)
and increases relief pressure.

T2-2-70
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

15

14 17
1

2 16
3
4
5 20 21
6
7 18
8
9
10
11
12 19

25 23
13 22

24
26 27 28 29

34

30

35
37
36

38

31
TJAC-02-02-034
39 33 32

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 12- Pressure Sensor (Attachment) 23- Pump 2 Displacement Angle 32- Pressure Oil from Pump 1
Sensor (OP) Sensor 33- Pressure Oil from Pump 2
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 13- MC 24- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve 34- Overload Relief Valve
3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Lower) 14- CAN 25- Pump 1 Displacement Angle 35- Accumulator (Main Circuit)
4- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 15- MPDr. Sensor 36- Selector Valve
5- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 16- Monitor Controller 26- Auxiliary Control Solenoid 37- Crusher
6- Pressure Sensor (Bucket 17- Monitor Valve Unit 38- Accumulator (Returning
Roll-In) 18- ECF 27- Control Valve Circuit)
7- Pressure Sensor (Bucket Roll- 19- Engine 28- Auxiliary Spool 39- Hydraulic Oil Tank
Out) 20- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 29- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve
8- Pressure Sensor (Swing) Sensor (Selector Valve)
9- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 21- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 30- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve
10- Pressure Sensor (4-spool Side) Sensor (Poppet Valve)
11- Pressure Sensor (5-spool Side) 22- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 31- Bypass Shut-Out Valve

T2-2-71
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Other Control
The other control consists of the followings.

 Work Mode Control


 Hydraulic Oil Overheat Alarm Control
 Level Check Control
 Auto-lubrication control
 * Breaker Alarm Control
 * Swing Alarm Control
 * Travel Alarm Control

fNOTE: *: Depending on regional requirements, these


controls will be equipped as standard.

T2-2-72
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Work Mode Control


The work mode control consists of digging and
attachment 1 to 11. The mode can be selected by using
the monitor work mode.

 Digging Mode:
Normal control is performed.

 Attachment Mode:
This functions only when the attachment in the
optional kit is operated.
In response to attachment control operation,
increasing or decreasing of engine speed (refer to
T2-2-24, 25), increasing or decreasing pump flow
rate (refer to T2-2-44, 45).
The engine speed and pump flow rate control
settings are made by MPDr..

fNOTE: On the attachment mode, one to eleven


attachment modes can be selected from ATT 1 to 11 by
using MPDr..

T2-2-73
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Hydraulic Oil Overheat Alarm Control


Purpose:
The hydraulic oil overheat alarm control displays
the hydraulic oil overheat alarm when hydraulic oil
temperature increases beyond the specified value.

Operation:
1. MC (2) receives the signal from hydraulic oil
temperature sensor (1).
2. When hydraulic oil temperature increases and is
kept high for a fixed time, MC (2) sends the signal to
monitor controller (5) by using CAN communication
(3).
3. Monitor controller (5) displays the hydraulic oil
overheat alarm on monitor (6).
4. When hydraulic oil temperature decreases, monitor
controller (5) deletes the hydraulic oil overheat
alarm on monitor (6).

3
6
2 5

TJAC-02-02-035

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 2- MC 4- MPDr. 6- Monitor


Sensor 3- CAN 5- Monitor Controller

T2-2-74
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Level Check Control


Purpose:
The level check control checks the level of coolant and
engine oil and displays the results on the monitor unit
when performing the pre-operation inspection.

Operation:
1. When return to basic screen switch (monitor ) (8)
keeps being pushed 3 seconds or more with key
switch (9) ON, MC (3) receives the signal.
2. MC (3) sends the signal of engine oil level switch (1)
and coolant level switch (2) to monitor controller (6)
by using CAN communication (4).
3. Monitor controller (6) displays the coolant level and
engine oil level on monitor (7).

1 2

6
9 3

8
TJAA-02-02-038

1- Engine Oil Level Switch 4- CAN 7- Monitor 9- Key Switch


2- Coolant Level Switch 5- MPDr. 8- Return to Basic Screen Switch
3- MC 6- Monitor Controller (Monitor )

T2-2-75
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Auto-Lubrication Control 11. When the operating number (stroke number) of


the distribution valve (10) reaches the specified
Purpose:
number, MC (2) disconnects the ground to terminal
Auto-lubrication control controls the auto-lubrication
#C17.
device in order to perform the auto-lubrication
properly. (Refer to COMPONENT OPERATION/Others 12. Consequently, as auto-lubrication relay (8) is turned
(Upperstructure)/Distribution Valve.) OFF and current does not flow to grease pump (9),
grease pump (9) stops.
Operation:
13. Then, as MC (2) grounds terminal #C17 again after
1. When auto-lubrication switch (1) is turned ON, MC
the preset interval, grease pump (9) is operated and
(2) connects terminal #C17 to the ground.
the auto-lubrication restarts.
2. Therefore, auto-lubrication relay (8) is excited.
14. In addition, when a signal from the proximity switch
3. Current from fuses #30 (7) flows to grease pump (9) (11) is not sent to terminal #F22 in MC (2) within 5
and proximity switch (11). minutes after auto-lubrication relay (8) is turned ON,
MC (2) recognizes the faulty auto-lubrication circuit
4. Therefore, grease pump (9) is operated and the
(out of grease, faulty grease pump). MC (2) sends
auto-lubrication starts.
signal to monitor controller (5) via CAN (3).
5. While auto-lubrication relay (8) is ON, grease pump
15. Monitor controller (5) displays auto-lubrication
(9) is operated and delivers grease.
alarm on monitor (6).
6. When grease is delivered from grease pump (9), the
piston of distribution valve (10) strokes.
7. Proximity switch (11) is provided in distribution
fNOTE: The lubrication time and interval can be set by
using the monitor unit or MPDr..
valve (10) and is turned ON/OFF according to the
piston stroke of the distribution valve (10).
8. When the piston of distribution valve (10) comes
close to proximity switch (11), proximity switch (11)
is turned ON and transistor (12) in proximity switch
(11) is turned ON. Therefore, terminal #F22 in MC (2)
is grounded through proximity switch (11).
9. On the other hand, when the piston of distribution
valve (10) departs from proximity switch (11),
proximity switch (11) is turned OFF and transistor
(12) in proximity switch (11) is turned OFF.
Therefore, current from terminal #2 flows to
terminal #F22 in MC (2).
10. MC (2) detects the operating number (stroke
number) of distribution valve (10) according to the
signal sent to terminal #F22.

T2-2-76
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

13

6 7
1 3

2 5 8

C17 F22

10

1
11

12

TJAA-02-02-037

1- Auto-Lubrication ON/OFF 4- MPDr. 8- Auto-Lubrication Relay 12- Transistor


Switch 5- Monitor Controller 9- Grease Pump 13- Current from Battery
2- MC 6- Monitor 10- Distribution Valve
3- CAN 7- Fuse #30 11- Proximity Switch

T2-2-77
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Breaker Alarm Control (Optional)


Purpose:
The breaker alarm control sounds the buzzer when the
breaker is used in a fixed time continuously.

Operation:
1. When the following conditions exist in a fixed time
continuously, MC (2) sends the signal to monitor
controller (5) by using CAN communication (3).
2. Monitor controller (5) sounds buzzer (7).

Condition:
 Work mode: Breaker 1 to 3
 Pressure sensor (attachment) (1) (optional):
Outputting signal

fNOTE: The breaker alarm control can be made operable


or inoperable by MPDr. (4).

3
6
2 5

7
TDAA-02-02-010

1- Pressure sensor (attachment) 2- MC 4- MPDr. 6- Monitor


(optional) 3- CAN 5- Monitor Controller 7- Buzzer

T2-2-78
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Travel Alarm Control (Only Machine with Optional


Parts Equipped)
Purpose:
The travel alarm control sounds the buzzer during travel
operation.

Operation:
1. MC (2) receives the signal from pressure sensor
(travel) (1) when the travel operation is carried out.
2. As long as MC (2) receives this signal, MC (2) sends
the signals to travel alarm device (3) and sounds
buzzer (5).

fNOTE: After traveling continuously for more than


13 seconds, the alarm can be deactivated by buzzer
deactivation switch (4).

3 4

5
TDAA-02-02-011

1- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 3- Travel Alarm Device 5- Buzzer


2- MC 4- Buzzer Deactivation Switch

T2-2-79
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Swing Alarm Control (Only Machine with Optional


Parts Equipped)
Purpose:
The swing alarm control sounds the buzzer and turns on
the beacon light during swing operation.

Operation:
1. MC (2) receives the signal from pressure sensor
(swing) (1) when the swing operation is carried out.
2. As long as MC (2) receives this signal, MC (2) sends
the signals to swing alarm relay (3), sounds buzzer
(5), and turns on beacon light (6).

fNOTE: The buzzer can be deactivated by buzzer


deactivation switch (4).

3 4

6
TDAA-02-02-012

1- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 3- Swing Alarm Relay 5- Buzzer


2- MC 4- Buzzer Deactivation Switch 6- Beacon Light

T2-2-80
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

Outline
The hydraulic system mainly consists of the pilot circuit,
main circuit, and breaker/pulverizer/crusher circuit.

Pilot Circuit:
Power Source Controller Supplied to
Pilot Pump Pilot Valve Operation Control Circuit
Pump Regulator Pump Control Circuit
4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit Bucket Flow Combiner Circuit
2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit Valve Control Circuit
Travel Motor Displacement Angle Control Circuit
Signal Control Valve Swing Parking Brake Release Circuit
Accumulator Hydraulic Oil Heat Circuit
Emergency Boom Lower Circuit

Main Circuit:
Power Source Controller Supplied to
Main Pump Control Valve Motor
Cylinder

Breaker/Pulverizer/Crusher Circuit:
Power Source Controller Supplied to
Pilot Pump Pilot Valve Auxiliary Flow Combiner Circuit
Auxiliary Control Solenoid Breaker Connection Circuit
Valve Unit Auxiliary Overload Relief Pressure Increasing Pressure
Circuit
Main Pump Control Valve Attachment (Optional)

T2-3-1
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

Pilot Circuit
Outline:
Pressure oil from the pilot pump is used in order to
operate the following circuits.

 Operation Control Circuit


 Pump Control Circuit
 Bucket Flow Combiner Circuit
 Valve Control Circuit
 Travel Motor Displacement Angle Control Circuit
 Swing Parking Brake Release Circuit
 Hydraulic Oil Heat Circuit
 Emergency Boom Lower Circuit

T2-3-2
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

6 7

1 2 3 4 8

5
9

48
46 10
P1 P2
47
11
45 45 P1 P2
12
44 13
43 41 14
42 15
SC 16
SI 17
18
40
19
SC 39 20
SB 27
21
SA 28
37 22
38
SG 23
24 29
SI
SF 25
36
SC 26 30

33
34 34

35 32

31
TJAA-02-04-101

1- Travel Pilot Valve 14- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 26- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 39- Auxiliary Overload Relief
2- Pilot Valve (Left) 15- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve 27- Control Valve Pressure Increasing Pressure
3- Pilot Valve (Right) 16- Boom Overload Relief Control 28- Hydraulic Oil Tank Circuit (OP)
4- Auxiliary Pilot Valve (OP) Valve 29- Suction Filter 40- Auxiliary Control Solenoid
5- Shockless Valve 17- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve 30- Pilot Pump Valve Unit (OP)
6- Operation Control Circuit 18- Arm 1 Anti-Drift Valve 31- Pilot Filter 41- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
7- Swing Parking Brake Release 19- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve 32- Pilot Relief Valve 42- Accumulator
Circuit 20- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve 33- Valve Control Circuit 43- Emergency Boom Lower
8- Swing Motor 21- Auxiliary Overload Relief 34- Travel Motor Circuit
9- Pump Control Circuit Control Valve (OP) 35- Travel Motor Displacement 44- Breaker Connection Circuit
10- Pump 1 and 2 Control 22- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve Angle Control Circuit (OP)
Solenoid Valve (Selector Valve) (OP) 36- Bucket Flow Combiner Circuit 45- Selector Valve (OP)
11- Regulator 23- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (OP) 37- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 46- Signal Control Valve
12- Spool 24- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 38- Auxiliary Flow Combiner 47- Hydraulic Oil Heat Circuit
13- Flow Combiner Valve 25- Main Relief Valve Circuit (OP) 48- Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve

T2-3-3
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

Operation Control Circuit


1. The pilot valve controls pressure oil from pilot pump
(B1) and moves the spool in control valve (B0).
2. In addition, signal control valve (A7) is provided
between the pilot valve and control valve (B0).
Shockless valve (A6) is provided in the boom raise
circuit in signal control valve (A7).
3. Shockless valve (A6) reduces the returning oil
from control valve (B0) when stopping boom raise
operation and dampens quick spool movement
in control valve (B0). (Refer to COMPONENT
OPERATION / Signal Control Valve.)
4. Shockless valve (A8) is provided between signal
control valve (A7) in the boom lower circuit and
control valve (B0).
5. Shockless valve (A8) reduces the returning oil from
control valve (B0) when stopping boom lower
operation and dampens quick spool movement
in control valve (B0). (Refer to COMPONENT
OPERATION / Signal Control Valve.)

T2-3-4
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

A0 A1 A2 A3 A9 A4 A5

A6
A8
A7

1112 9 10 7 8 4 3 1 6 5 14 13 2

B0

10 12 11
9

14 7
13 8

2
1

2 1
3 4

4 3
5 6

B1

TJAA-02-04-102

1- Boom Raise 5- Swing (Left) 9- Travel (Left Forward) 13- Auxiliary


2- Boom Lower 6- Swing (Right) 10- Travel (Left Reverse) 14- Auxiliary
3- Arm Roll-Out 7- Bucket Roll-In 11- Travel (Right Forward)
4- Arm Roll-In 8- Bucket Roll-Out 12- Travel (Right Reverse)

A0- Travel (Left) A3- Arm A6- Shockless Valve A9- Auxiliary
A1- Travel (Right) A4- Boom A7- Signal Control Valve B0- Control Valve
A2- Swing A5- Bucket A8- Shockless Valve B1- Pilot Pump

T2-3-5
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

Pump Control Circuit (Refer to COMPONENT


OPERATION/Pump Device.)

 Pump Control by Pump Control Solenoid Valve


1. Pilot pressure from pilot pump (5) is controlled
by pump 1 control solenoid valve (4) and pump
2 control solenoid valve (1) and supplied to the
regulator of pump 1 (3) and pump 2 (2) as pump
displacement angle control pressure.
2. The regulator increases and decreases the pump
delivery flow rate according to pump displacement
angle control pressure.

T2-3-6
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

2 3

1 4

TJAA-02-04-103

1- Pump 2 Control Solenoid Valve 3- Pump 1 5- Pilot Pump


2- Pump 2 4- Pump 1 Control Solenoid Valve

T2-3-7
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

Bucket Flow Combiner Circuit (Refer to SYSTEM /


Control System.)

Purpose:
Pressure oil from pump 1 (5) is combined with pressure
oil from pump 2 (6), flows to the bucket, and increases the
bucket operating speed.

1. MC shifts 4-spool solenoid valve unit (1) SF during


bucket roll-in or roll-out single operation.
2. As 4-spool solenoid valve unit (1) SF is shifted, pilot
pressure oil from pilot pump (7) is routed to bypass
shut-out valve (3). Then, bypass shut-out valve (3) is
shifted.
3. As bypass shut-out valve (3) is shifted and neutral
circuit (2) in pump 2 (6) is blocked, pressure oil
from pump 2 (6) is combined with pressure oil from
pump 1 (5). Then, it is supplied to bucket spool (4).
4. Therefore, the bucket operating speed increases.

T2-3-8
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

2 3

SF

6 5

TJAA-02-04-104
7

1- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 3- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 5- Pump 1 7- Pilot Pump
2- Neutral Circuit 4- Bucket Spool 6- Pump 2

T2-3-9
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

Valve Control Circuit (Refer to COMPONENT


OPERATION / Control Valve, Travel Device.)

 Pilot pressure from the pilot pump, pilot valve, 4-spool


solenoid valve units (24) (SG, SI, SF, and SC), 2-spool
solenoid valve units (21) (SC, SI), flow combiner valve
control spool (9) in signal control valve (7), and arm
flow rate control valve control spool (8) control the
following valves.

 Pilot Pressure (25) from Pilot Pump: Arm 1 Anti-Drift


Valve (22), Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve (15), and Boom 2
Anti-Drift Valve (23)
 Boom Lower Pilot Pressure (10): Boom Flow Rate
Control Valve (14)
 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit (24) SI: Main Relief Valve
(13) (increasing the set-pressure)
 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit (24) SG: Arm 2 Flow Rate
Control Valve (17)
 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit (24) SF: Bypass Shut-Out
Valve (11)
 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit (24) SC: Travel Motor
Displacement Angle Control Valve (20)
 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit (21) SI: Swing Flow Rate
Control Valve (19)
 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit (21) SC: Boom Overload
Relief Control Valve (16)
 Flow Combiner Valve Control Spool (9) (Travel (Right)
Pilot Pressure): Flow Combiner Valve (12)
 Arm Flow Rate Control Valve Control Spool (8) (Arm
Roll-In Pilot Pressure, Swing Pilot Pressure): Arm 1
Flow Rate Control Valve (18)

Travel Motor Displacement Angle Control Circuit


(Refer to COMPONENT OPERATION / Travel Device.)
Pilot pressure from 4-spool solenoid valve unit (24)
SC regulates travel motor displacement angle control
valve (20).

T2-3-10
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

1 2 3 4 5 6

9 11 12 10

24
23 13

SG 22
SI 10
SF
SC
21 14

15

25 SI 16
SC
17

20

19 18

TJAA-02-04-005

1- Travel (Right Reverse) 8- Arm Flow Rate Control Valve 14- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 20- Travel Motor Displacement
2- Travel (Right Forward) Control Spool 15- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve Angle Control Valve
3- Swing (Right) 9- Flow Combiner Valve Control 16- Boom Overload Relief Control 21- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
4- Swing (Left) Spool Valve 22- Arm 1 Anti-Drift Valve
5- Arm Roll-In 10- Boom Lower Pilot Pressure 17- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 23- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve
6- Boom Lower 11- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 18- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve 24- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
7- Signal Control Valve 12- Flow Combiner Valve 19- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve 25- Pilot Pressure from Pilot Pump
13- Main Relief Valve

T2-3-11
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

Swing Parking Brake Release Circuit (Refer to


COMPONENT OPERATION/Swing Device.)

1. When operating the front attachment or swing, the


pilot pressure which is selected by shuttle valve (7)
in signal control valve (6) shifts swing parking brake
release spool (8).
2. Consequently, release pressure SH from pilot pump
(10) is supplied to swing motor (9) and releases the
swing parking brake.

Hydraulic Oil Heat Circuit (Refer to COMPONENT


OPERATION / Others (Upperstructure).)

1. When pilot shut-off solenoid valve (11) is closed,


pilot pressure oil is routed to signal control valve
(6) so that hydraulic oil is warmed while passing
through orifice (5) in signal control valve (6).
2. This warmed hydraulic oil flows to signal control
valve (6) and pilot valves so that the pilot system
components are warmed.

T2-3-12
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

1 2 3 4

5
SH

11 6

10 8 7

TJAA-02-04-006

1- Swing 4- Bucket 7- Shuttle Valve 9- Swing Motor


2- Arm 5- Orifice 8- Swing Parking Brake Release 10- Pilot Pump
3- Boom 6- Signal Control Valve Spool 11- Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve

T2-3-13
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

Emergency Boom Lower Circuit


(Refer to COMPONENT OPERATION / Others
(Upperstructure).)
1. Accumulator (8) and check valve (11) are provided
fNOTE: Immediately after the engine stops (the key
switch is turned OFF), the battery relay is kept ON for a
between pilot pump (6) and pilot shut-off solenoid specified time due to load damp relay operation. (Refer
valve (10) in order to prevent backflow for boom to SYSTEM / Electrical System / Surge Voltage Prevention
lower at emergency. Accumulator (8) accumulates Circuit.)
pressure oil from pilot pump (6).
2. When the engine stops suddenly and the boom
is lowered with the pilot shut-off lever set in the
Therefore, current from the battery (fuse #4) flows to
the pilot shut-off solenoid valve and the pilot shut-off
UNLOCK position, pressure oil from accumulator (8) solenoid valve is kept ON.
is routed to boom 1 spool (4) and boom 2 spool (7)
in control valve (3) as boom lower pilot pressure (2)
through pilot valve (1).
3. Therefore, as the spool in control valve (3) is
operated, the circuit between hydraulic oil tank (5)
and boom cylinder (9) is connected through the
control valve (3) spool.
4. As pressure oil between control valve (3) and boom
cylinder (9) flows to hydraulic oil tank (5) through
the control valve (3) spool, pressure between
control valve (3) and boom cylinder (9) decreases.
5. Consequently, when the engine stops suddenly, the
front attachment can be lowered onto the ground
(due to own weight) by lowering the boom quickly.

T2-3-14
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

10
8

11
3

4
7 2

5 TJAA-02-04-007

1- Pilot Valve 4- Boom 1 Spool 7- Boom 2 Spool 10- Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve
2- Boom Lower Pilot Pressure 5- Hydraulic Oil Tank 8- Accumulator 11- Check Valve
3- Control Valve 6- Pilot Pump 9- Boom Cylinder

T2-3-15
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

Main Circuit
Outline:
1. The main pump draws hydraulic oil from hydraulic
oil tank (20) and delivers it to control valve (5).
2. Pressure oil from pump 1 (18) flows to travel (right)
spool (11), bucket spool (12), boom 1 spool (13), and
arm 2 spool (14) through the 4-spool side in control
valve (5).
3. Pressure oil from pump 2 (17) flows to swing spool
(10), arm 1 spool (9), boom 2 spool (8), auxiliary
spool (7), and travel (left) spool (6) through the
5-spool side in control valve (5).
4. The delivered pressure oil is supplied to the motor
and cylinder according to operation of the spool in
control valve (5).
5. The returning oil from the motor or cylinder returns
to hydraulic oil tank (20) through control valve (5),
low-pressure relief valve (15), and oil cooler (16).
6. When oil temperature is low (high viscosity) and oil
flow resistance increases in oil cooler (16), bypass
check valve (21) is opened and hydraulic oil directly
returns to hydraulic oil tank (20).

T2-3-16
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

1 2

24 3

23

6 11

7 12

8 13

9 14

10

15

17 18

16

22
19 20

TJAC-02-03-008

21

1- Travel Motor (Left) 7- Auxiliary Spool 13- Boom 1 Spool 19- Suction Filter
2- Travel Motor (Right) 8- Boom 2 Spool 14- Arm 2 Spool 20- Hydraulic Oil Tank
3- Bucket Cylinder 9- Arm 1 Spool 15- Low-Pressure Relief Valve 21- Bypass Check Valve
4- Boom Cylinder 10- Swing Spool 16- Oil Cooler 22- Swing Motor
5- Control Valve 11- Travel (Right) Spool 17- Pump 2 23- Arm Cylinder
6- Travel (Left) Spool 12- Bucket Spool 18- Pump 1 24- Attachments

T2-3-17
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

Neutral Circuit
1. When the control lever is in neutral, pressure oil
from the main pump passes through the control
valve and returns to hydraulic oil tank (21).
2. Parallel circuits (3 and 17) are provided in each
circuit of pump 1 (18) and pump 2 (19) so that the
combined operation becomes possible.

Flow Combiner Circuit


1. The boom raise and arm are actuated by pressure
oil from two pumps. Pressure oil from two pumps
are combined and supplied together.
2. In case of boom lower, even if pressure oil from
pump 2 (19) is not combined, pressure oil from
pump 1 (18) is combined with pressure oil (2) at the
boom cylinder bottom side.

Relief Circuit
1. Main relief valve (4) is provided in the main circuit
(between pump and actuator).
2. Main relief valve (4) prevents the pressure in main
circuit from exceeding the set pressure when the
spool is operated (or when the control lever is
operated).
3. Overload relief valves (8, 13, 25, 28, and 30) are
provided in the actuator circuits (between control
valve and actuator) of boom, arm, and bucket.
4. Overload relief valves (8, 13, 25, 28, and 30) prevent
surge pressure caused by external force in the
actuator circuit from exceeding the set pressure
when the spool is in neutral (when the control lever
is in neutral).
5. In addition, overload relief valves (8, 13, 25, 28, and
30) are equipped with make-up function. When the
pressure in the actuator circuit decreases, overload
relief valves (8, 13, 25, 28, and 30) draw pressure oil
from hydraulic oil tank (21) and prevent cavitation
from occurring.
6. Low-pressure relief valve (20) is equipped in the
return circuit (between control valve and oil cooler)
of main circuit.
7. Low-pressure relief valve (20) keeps the specified
pressure in main circuit and improves the actuator
drawing operation when cavitation occurs.

T2-3-18
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

33 1 2 3 4 5

7
32
8

31 30

29 10 11

28
27

25 12
26
24
23

22
13

14

21 20 17 16 15

TJAA-02-04-009

19 18

1- Travel (Left) Spool 10- Boom 1 Spool 20- Low-Pressure Relief Valve 30- Overload Relief Valve
2- Pressure Oil at Boom Cylinder 11- Boom Cylinder 21- Hydraulic Oil Tank 31- Arm Cylinder
Bottom Side 12- Flow Combiner Circuit (Boom) 22- Swing Spool 32- Attachments (Optional)
3- Parallel Circuit (Pump 1) 13- Overload Relief Valve 23- Neutral Circuit (Pump 2) 33- Travel Motor (Left)
4- Main Relief Valve 14- Neutral Circuit (Pump 1) 24- Arm 1 Spool
5- Travel Motor (Right) 15- Arm 2 Spool 25- Overload Relief Valve
6- Travel (Right) Spool 16- Flow Combiner Circuit (Arm) 26- Swing Motor
7- Bucket Spool 17- Parallel Circuit (Pump 2) 27- Boom 2 Spool
8- Overload Relief Valve 18- Pump 1 28- Overload Relief Valve
9- Bucket Cylinder 19- Pump 2 29- Auxiliary Spool

T2-3-19
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

Combined Operation Circuit

 Swing and Boom Raise


1. When the boom is raised while swinging, pilot
pressure shifts swing spool (5), boom 1 spool (3),
and boom 2 spool (9).
2. Pressure oil from pump 1 (6) flows to boom cylinder
(2) through parallel circuit (1) and boom 1 spool (3),
and raises the boom.
3. Pressure oil from pump 2 (7) flows to swing motor
(8) through swing spool (5) and swings the machine.
At the same time, pressure oil flows through parallel
circuit (4) and boom 2 spool (9), is combined with
pressure oil from pump 1 (6), and flows to boom
cylinder (2) so that the boom is raised.

T2-3-20
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

9 2

5 4

TJAA-02-04-020
7 6

1- Parallel Circuit (Pump 1) 4- Parallel Circuit (Pump 2) 7- Pump 2


2- Boom Cylinder 5- Swing Spool 8- Swing Motor
3- Boom 1 Spool 6- Pump 1 9- Boom 2 Spool

T2-3-21
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

Flow Combiner Circuit

Purpose:
In case flow combiner valve (3) is shifted during
combined operation of travel, front attachment, and
swing, the machine can travel straight.

 Travel and Boom Raise


1. When the boom is raised while traveling, pilot
pressure shifts travel (right) spool (5), travel (left)
spool (2), boom 1 spool (7), and boom 2 spool (11).
2. At the same time, pilot pressure shifts the flow
combiner valve control spool in signal control valve.
Pressure oil from the flow combiner valve control
spool flows to flow combiner valve (3) and shifts
flow combiner valve (3).
3. Pressure oil from pump 1 (9) flows through travel
(right) spool (5) and activates travel motor (right)
(6).
4. At the same time, pressure oil flows to travel (left)
spool (2) through flow combiner valve (3) and
activates travel motor (left) (1).
5. Pressure oil from pump 2 (10) flows to boom
cylinder (8) through boom 2 spool (11) and moves
the boom.
6. Therefore, pressure oil from pump 2 (10) is used for
the boom. Pressure oil from pump 1 (9) is equally
supplied to both left and right travel motors and the
machine can travel straight.

fNOTE: As the travel (right) circuit is a tandem circuit,


pressure oil from pump 1 (9) does not flow to boom 1
spool (7).

T2-3-22
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

1 2 3 5 6

11
7 8

TJAA-02-04-021
10 9

1- Travel Motor (Left) 4- From Flow Combiner Valve 6- Travel Motor (Right) 9- Pump 1
2- Travel (Left) Spool Control Spool 7- Boom 1 Spool 10- Pump 2
3- Flow Combiner Valve 5- Travel (Right) Spool 8- Boom Cylinder 11- Boom 2 Spool

T2-3-23
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

Swing Flow Rate Control Circuit

Purpose:
The pressure oil is reduced in the swing circuit during
combined operation of swing and boom raise or arm
roll-out so that more pressure oil is supplied to the boom
circuit or arm circuit. Therefore, the boom or arm is given
priority to operate.

 Swing and Arm Roll-Out


1. Pilot pressure shifts swing spool (8), arm 1 spool
(11), and arm 2 spool (2) during combined
operation of swing and arm roll-out.
2. MC activates 2-spool solenoid valve unit (SI) at this
time.(Refer to SYSTEM/Control System.)
3. Pressure oil from the pilot pump flows to selector
valve (5) of the swing flow rate control valve
through 2-spool solenoid valve unit (SI) and shifts
selector valve (5).
4. Pressure oil from pump 1 (6) flows to arm cylinder
(12) through neutral circuit (1) and arm 2 spool (2),
and rolls out the arm.
5. Pressure oil from pump 2 (7) flows to poppet valve
(4) of the swing flow rate control valve and arm 1
spool (11) through parallel circuit (3).
6. As the back pressure of poppet valve (4) is routed by
pressure oil from selector valve (5), pressure oil from
pump 2 (7) is reduced by poppet valve (4).
7. Consequently, pressure oil from pump 2 (7) flows to
arm cylinder (12) through arm 1 spool (11) first and
the operating speed of arm roll-out increases.

T2-3-24
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

12

11

10

8 5 4 3 2

TJAA-02-04-012
7 6

1- Neutral Circuit (Pump 1) 5- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve 9- From 2-Spool Solenoid Valve
2- Arm 2 Spool (Selector Valve) Unit (SI)
3- Parallel Circuit (Pump 2) 6- Pump 1 10- Swing Motor
4- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control 7- Pump 2 11- Arm 1 Spool
Valve (Poppet Valve) 8- Swing Spool 12- Arm Cylinder

T2-3-25
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Circuit

Purpose:
The arm 1 flow rate control valve is shifted during
combined operation of swing and arm roll-in so that the
swing speed increases.

 Swing and Arm Roll-In


1. When the arm is rolled in while swinging, pilot
pressure shifts swing spool (8), arm 1 spool (11), and
arm 2 spool (4).
2. Arm roll-in pilot pressure shifts the arm 1 flow rate
control valve control spool in signal control valve at
the same time. Swing pilot pressure (10) is routed
to selector valve (2) of arm 1 flow rate control valve
through it and shifts selector valve (2).
3. Pressure oil from pump 1 (5) flows to arm cylinder
(12) through neutral circuit (3) and arm 2 spool (4),
and rolls in the arm.
4. Pressure oil from pump 2 (6) flows to swing spool (8)
and poppet valve (1) of the arm 1 flow rate control
valve through parallel circuit (7).
5. As the back pressure of poppet valve (1) increases
and poppet valve (1) is closed, pressure oil from
pump 2 (6) is stopped flowing to arm 1 spool (11).
6. Consequently, pressure oil from pump 2 (6) flows to
swing motor (9) through swing spool (8) first and
the swing speed increases.

T2-3-26
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

1 2 3

11
12

9 10

8 7

TJAA-02-04-013
6 5

1- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve 3- Neutral Circuit (Pump 1) 7- Parallel Circuit (Pump 2) 11- Arm 1 Spool
(Poppet Valve) 4- Arm 2 Spool 8- Swing Spool 12- Arm Cylinder
2- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve 5- Pump 1 9- Swing Motor
(Selector Valve) 6- Pump 2 10- Swing Pilot Pressure

T2-3-27
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Circuit

Purpose:
More pilot pressure oil is supplied to the arm 2 spool
during single operation of arm roll-in or arm roll-out.
Therefore, the arm operating speed increases.

 Arm Roll-In
1. Pilot pressure shifts arm 1 spool (11) and arm 2
spool (6) during arm roll-in single operation.
2. MC activates 4-spool solenoid valve unit (SG) at this
time. (Refer to SYSTEM/Control System.)
3. Pressure oil from the pilot pump flows to selector
valve (1) of the arm 2 flow rate control valve
through 4-spool solenoid valve unit (SG) and shifts
selector valve (1).
4. Pressure oil from pump 2 (8) flows to arm cylinder
(12) through neutral circuit (10) and arm 1 spool
(11), and rolls in the arm.
5. Pressure oil from pump 1 (7) flows to poppet valve
(9) of the arm 2 flow rate control valve through
parallel circuit (2).
6. As pressure oil from pump 1 (7) is blocked by
selector valve (1), poppet valve (9) is opened.
7. Therefore, pressure oil from pump 1 (7) flows to arm
cylinder (12) and the arm roll-in speed increases.

T2-3-28
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

1 2 3

12

11

10

9 6

TJAA-02-04-014
8 7

1- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 4- Bucket Cylinder 7- Pump 1 10- Neutral Circuit (Pump 2)
(Selector Valve) 5- Pilot Pressure from 4-Spool 8- Pump 2 11- Arm 1 Spool
2- Parallel Circuit (Pump 1) Solenoid Valve Unit (SG) 9- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 12- Arm Cylinder
3- Bucket Spool 6- Arm 2 Spool (Poppet Valve)

T2-3-29
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

Bucket Regenerative Cut Circuit

Purpose:
When the load is heavy during bucket roll-in operation,
pressure oil at the bucket cylinder (3) rod side is returned
to hydraulic oil tank (5) without regeneration.
Therefore, pressure oil from pump 1 (4) flows to bucket
cylinder (3) and digging force increases.

 Regeneration (Pump 1 (4) delivery pressure: Low)  Regeneration Cut (Pump 1 (4) delivery pressure: High)
1. Pressure oil from pump 1 (4) is routed to bucket 1. When the load becomes heavy during bucket roll-
regeneration cut valve (1). in operation, bucket regeneration cut valve (1) is
shifted by pressure oil from pump 1 (4).
2. When the load is light during bucket roll-in
operation, bucket regeneration cut valve (1) is not 2. The returning oil from the cylinder rod side flows to
shifted. hydraulic oil tank (5) through bucket spool (2) and
bucket regeneration cut valve (1).
3. As the returning oil from the cylinder rod side is
reduced by bucket regeneration cut valve (1), the 3. Therefore, the pressure at bucket cylinder (3) rod
pressure at cylinder rod side is higher than that at side decreases and digging force is improved.
the cylinder bottom side.
4. Pressure oil from the cylinder rod side pushes to
open the check valve in bucket spool (2) and flows
to the cylinder bottom side.
5. The regeneration is done like this and the cylinder
speed increases.

T2-3-30
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

TJAA-02-04-015
5 4

1- Bucket Regeneration Cut Valve 3- Bucket Cylinder 5- Hydraulic Oil Tank


2- Bucket Spool 4- Pump 1

T2-3-31
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

Arm Regenerative Cut Circuit

Purpose:
When the load is heavy during arm roll-in operation,
pressure oil at the arm cylinder (7) rod side is returned to
hydraulic oil tank (5) without regeneration.
Therefore, pressure oil from pump 1 (3) flows to arm
cylinder (7) and digging force increases.

 Regeneration (Pump 1 (3) delivery pressure: Low)  Regeneration Cut (Pump 1 (3) delivery pressure: High)
1. Pressure oil from pump 1 (3) is routed to arm 1. When the load becomes heavy during arm roll-in
regeneration cut valve (2). operation, arm regeneration cut valve (2) is shifted
by pressure oil from pump 1 (3).
2. When the load is light during arm roll-in operation,
arm regeneration cut valve (2) is not shifted. 2. The returning oil from the cylinder rod side flows to
hydraulic oil tank (5) through arm 2 spool (1) and
3. As the returning oil from the cylinder rod side is
arm regeneration cut valve (2).
reduced by arm regeneration cut valve (2), the
pressure at cylinder rod side is higher than that at 3. Therefore, the pressure at arm cylinder (7) rod side
the cylinder bottom side. decreases and digging force is improved.
4. Pressure oil from the cylinder rod side pushes to
open the check valve in arm 2 spool (1) and flows to
the cylinder bottom side.
5. The regeneration is done like this and the cylinder
speed increases.

T2-3-32
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

5 2

TJAA-02-04-016
4 3

1- Arm 2 Spool 3- Pump 1 5- Hydraulic Oil Tank 7- Arm Cylinder


2- Arm Regeneration Cut Valve 4- Pump 2 6- Arm 1 Spool

T2-3-33
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Control

Purpose:
During boom lower operation with the front attachment
above the ground, pressure oil which flows to boom
cylinder (6) from the pump restricted. As the boom
falls due to own weight due to the boom regenerative
circuit and pressure oil from the pump is used for other
actuators, other actuators are given priority to operate. In
addition, in case meter-in cut control is deactivated with
the track raised, the boom is given priority to operate and
jack-up force increases.

fNOTE: The operation during combined operation of


boom lower and arm roll-out is explained here.

 Boom cylinder (6) bottom pressure: High (with the


front attachment above the ground)
1. Pilot pressure shifts arm 1 spool (12), arm 2 spool
(8), boom 1 spool (7), and boom 2 spool (14) during
combined operation of boom lower and arm roll-
out.
2. When boom raise operation is changed to boom
lower operation, boom lower meter-in cut valve (4)
is shifted by boom cylinder (6) bottom pressure.
3. Therefore, boom lower pilot pressure (5) is routed
to selector valve (2) of the boom flow rate control
valve through boom lower meter-in cut valve (4)
and shifts selector valve (2).
4. Pressure oil from pump 1 (9) flows to poppet valve
(1) of the boom flow rate control valve through
parallel circuit (3) and selector valve (2) of the boom
flow rate control valve.
5. As the back pressure of poppet valve (1) increases
and poppet valve (1) is closed, pressure oil from
pump 1 (9) is restricted flowing to boom 1 spool (7).
6. Pressure oil in the boom cylinder (6) bottom side
flows to the boom cylinder (6) rod side through
boom 2 spool (14) due to boom own weight
7. As the pressure oil from pump 1 (9) and pump 2
(10) are prioritized for the arm, arm roll-out speed
incleases.

T2-3-34
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

fNOTE: The illustration shows during combined


operation of boom lower and arm roll-out.

1 2 3 4

14

15 5 6

13

12 11 8

TJAA-02-04-017
10 9

1- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 4- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 9- Pump 1 15- Arm Cylinder
(Poppet Valve) Valve 10- Pump 2
2- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 5- Boom Lower Pilot Pressure 11- Hydraulic Oil Tank
(Selector Valve) 6- Boom Cylinder 12- Arm 1 Spool
3- Parallel Circuit (Pump 1) 7- Boom 1 Spool 13- Boost Check Valve
8- Arm 2 Spool 14- Boom 2 Spool

T2-3-35
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

 Boom cylinder (4) bottom pressure: Low (Jack-Up)


1. When boom lower operation is done with the
bucket set on the ground, boom lower meter-in cut
valve (3) is not shifted as boom cylinder (4) bottom
pressure is low.
2. As boom lower pilot pressure is not routed to
selector valve (2) of the boom flow rate control
valve, poppet valve (1) of the boom flow rate
control valve is opened.
3. Pressure oil from pump 1 (6) flows through boom
1 spool (5). Pressure oil from boom cylinder (4)
bottom side flows through boom 2 spool (7), is
combined with pressure oil from boom 1 spool (5),
and flows to boom cylinder (4) rod side.

fNOTE: As boom 2 spool (7) is moved, combined


operation of travel with the track raised is possible.

T2-3-36
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

1 2 3

7 4

TJAA-02-04-018

1- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 2- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 3- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 5- Boom 1 Spool
(Poppet Valve) (Selector Valve) Valve 6- Pump 1
4- Boom Cylinder 7- Boom 2 Spool

T2-3-37
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

Breaker/Pulverizer/Crusher Circuit (Optional)


Valve Control Circuit (Refer to COMPONENT
OPERATION/Control Valve.)
 Auxiliary control solenoid valve unit (14) controls the
following valves.

 Auxiliary Control Solenoid Valve Unit (14) SC: Selector


Valve (3)
 Auxiliary Control Solenoid Valve Unit (14) SB:
Auxiliary Overload Relief Valve (5)
 Auxiliary Control Solenoid Valve Unit (14) SA: Bypass
Shut-Out Valve (9), Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve
(Selector Valve) (7)

T2-3-38
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

1 2 3 4

5 6 7

14

SC
SB
SA

13

11 10
12

TJAA-02-04-105

1- Attachment 6- Auxiliary Spool 9- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 14- Auxiliary Control Solenoid
2- Accumulator 7- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 10- Pump 1 Valve Unit
3- Selector Valve (Selector Valve) 11- Pump 2
4- Accumulator 8- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 12- Pilot Pump
5- Auxiliary Overload Relief Valve (Poppet Valve) 13- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit

T2-3-39
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

Auxiliary Flow Combiner Circuit


When pulverizer or crusher is selected on the work
mode or 2nd-Speed Switching on MPDr. is ON, MC
activates auxiliary control solenoid valve unit (14) (SA)
and shifts auxiliary flow combiner valve (selector valve)
(7) and bypass shut-out valve (9).(Refer to SYSTEM/
Control System.)

1. MC activates auxiliary control solenoid valve unit


(14) (SA) when attachment (1) is operated.
2. Pressure oil from pilot pump (12) flows through
auxiliary control solenoid valve unit (14) (SA) and
shifts auxiliary flow combiner valve (selector valve)
(7) and bypass shut-out valve (9).
3. When bypass shut-out valve (9) is shifted, neutral
circuit (15) in pump 1 (10) is blocked.
4. When auxiliary flow combiner valve (selector valve)
(7) is shifted and pressure oil from it is blocked,
auxiliary flow combiner valve (poppet valve) (8)
moves toward the direction to open the flow
combiner circuit.
5. Pressure oil from pump 1 (10) flows to auxiliary
spool (6) through auxiliary flow combiner valve
(poppet valve) (8).
6. Consequently, pressure oil both pump 1 (10) and
pump 2 (11) are combined so that operating speed
of attachment (1) increases.

T2-3-40
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

1 2 3 4

5 6 7

15
14

SC
SB
SA

13

11 10
12

TJAA-02-04-106

1- Attachment 6- Auxiliary Spool 9- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 14- Auxiliary Control Solenoid
2- Accumulator 7- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 10- Pump 1 Valve Unit
3- Selector Valve (Selector Valve) 11- Pump 2 15- Neutral Circuit
4- Accumulator 8- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 12- Pilot Pump
5- Auxiliary Overload Relief Valve (Poppet Valve) 13- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit

T2-3-41
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

Breaker Connection Circuit

1. Pressure oil from pump 2 (11) flows to breaker (1)


through auxiliary spool (6).
2. When the breaker is selected or the following
conditions for attachment adjustment on MPDr.
exist, MC activates auxiliary control solenoid valve
unit (14) (SC).
3. Pressure oil from pilot pump (12) flows through
auxiliary control solenoid valve unit (14) (SC), shifts
selector valve (3), so that return circuit (15) of
breaker (1) is connected to hydraulic oil tank (16).
4. Accumulators (2, 4) reduces the back pressure
during breaker (1) operation and prevents breaker
(1) from damage.

Attachment adjustment condition:


 Selector valve selection: O/T

T2-3-42
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

1 2 3 4

5 6 7

15 14
16

SC
SB
SA

13

11 10
12

TJAA-02-04-107

1- Breaker 6- Auxiliary Spool 9- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 14- Auxiliary Control Solenoid
2- Accumulator 7- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 10- Pump 1 Valve Unit
3- Selector Valve (Selector Valve) 11- Pump 2 15- Return Circuit
4- Accumulator 8- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 12- Pilot Pump 16- Hydraulic Oil Tank
5- Auxiliary Overload Relief Valve (Poppet Valve) 13- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit

T2-3-43
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

Auxiliary Overload Relief Pressure Increasing


Pressure Circuit
When pulverizer or crusher is selected on the work
mode, MC activates auxiliary control solenoid valve
unit (14) (SB) and shifts auxiliary overload relief valve
(5).(Refer to SYSTEM/Control System.)

1. MC activates auxiliary control solenoid valve unit


(14) (SB) when attachment (1) is operated.
2. Pressure oil from pilot pump (12) flows through
auxiliary control solenoid valve unit (14) (SB) and
shifts auxiliary overload relief valve (5).
3. When auxiliary overload relief valve (5) is shifted,
the set pressure of it increases.
4. Consequently, the attachment circuit pressure
increases and the power of attachment (1)
increases.

T2-3-44
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

1 2 3 4

5 6 7

14

SC
SB
SA

13

11 10
12

TJAA-02-04-108

1- Attachment 6- Auxiliary Spool 9- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 14- Auxiliary Control Solenoid
2- Accumulator 7- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 10- Pump 1 Valve Unit
3- Selector Valve (Selector Valve) 11- Pump 2
4- Accumulator 8- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 12- Pilot Pump
5- Auxiliary Overload Relief Valve (Poppet Valve) 13- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit

T2-3-45
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 Hydraulic System

(Blank)

T2-3-46
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

Outline
The electrical circuit is broadly divided into the main
circuit, monitor circuit, accessory circuit, and control
circuit.

 Main Circuit:
Operates the engine and the accessory related circuits.

 Monitor Circuit:
Displays the machine operating conditions. Consists of
monitor controller, monitor, relays, and switches.

 Accessory Circuit:
Operates the accessory circuit. Consists of wiper/light
controller, relays, and switches.

 Control Circuit:
Controls the engine, pump, and valve. Consists of the
actuators such as solenoid valves, MC, ECF, sensors, and
switches.
(Refer to SYSTEM / Control System.)

T2-4-1
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

Main Circuit
The major functions and circuits in the main circuit are as
follows.

 Electric Power Circuit: Supplies all electric power to


all electrical systems on the machine.
{Key switch, Battery, Fuses (Fuse box, Fusible link)}
 CAN Circuit: Performs communication between each
controller.
 Accessory Circuit: Is operated when the key switch is
in the ACC position.
 Preheating Circuit: Assists the engine when starting
in cold weather.
(Key switch, QOS controller, Coolant switch, Glow
plug relay, Glow plug)
 Starting Circuit: Starts the engine.
(Key switch, Starter, Starter relay 2)
 Charging Circuit: Supplies electric power to the
batteries and charges them.
{Alternator, (Regulator)}
 Surge Voltage Prevention Circuit: Prevents the
occurrence of serge voltage developed when
stopping the engine.
(Load Dump Relay)
 Pilot Shut-Off Circuit (Key switch: ON):
Supplies pressure oil from the pilot pump to the pilot
valve by the pilot shut-off solenoid valve.
(Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve, Pilot Shut-Off Lever)
 Engine Stop Circuit (Key Switch: OFF):
Stops the engine by using ECF.
(MC, ECF)

T2-4-2
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

(Blank)

T2-4-3
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

Electric Power Circuit (Key Switch: OFF)


The battery (1) minus terminal is grounded to the body.
Current from the battery (1) plus terminal flows as shown
below when key switch (5) is in the OFF position.

Battery (1) Fusible Link Glow Plug Relay (Power) (3)


(2) Key Switch (5) Terminal B
Load Dump Relay (4)
Fuse Box 1 (6) Terminal #8 ECF (Power) (7)
Terminal #9 Monitor Controller (Backup Power) (14)
Switch Panel (15)
Cab Light (16)
Radio (Backup Power) (17)
Security Horn (Power) (18)
Security Horn Relay (Power) (19)
Terminal #10 MC (Power) (10)
GSM (Power) (11)
Wiper/Light Controller (Power) (12)
Terminal #11 ECF (EC motor power)(13)
Terminal #19 Horn Relay (Power) (8)
Terminal #20 Option (9)

T2-4-4
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

3 4

1 2

11 8 19 9 10 20
6

13 9
7 10
8 11
12
14
15
16
17
18
19

TJAC-02-04-001

1- Battery 7- ECF (Power) 13- ECF (EC motor power) 18- Security Horn (Power)
2- Fusible Link 8- Horn Relay (Power) 14- Monitor Controller (Backup 19- Security Horn Relay (Power)
3- Glow Plug Relay (Power) 9- Option power)
4- Load Dump Relay 10- MC (Power) 15- Switch Panel
5- Key Switch 11- GSM (Power) 16- Cab Light
6- Fuse Box 1 12- Wiper/Light Controller (Power) 17- Radio (Backup Power)

T2-4-5
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

CAN Circuit
CAN (Controller Area Network) is ISO Standards of the
serial communication protocol.
Two networks (CAN bus (4)), CAN 0 (1) and CAN 1 (5) are
equipped for this machine.
CAN 0 (1) is used for the engine control. CAN 1 (5) is used
for the accessories.
CAN bus (4) consists of two harnesses, CAN-H (High) (2)
and CAN-L (Low) (3).
Each controller judges the CAN bus (4) level due to
potential difference between CAN-H (High) (2) and CAN-L
(Low) (3).
Each controller arranges the CAN bus (4) level and sends
the signal and data to other controllers.
In addition, termination resistors (120 Ω) (6) are installed
to both ends of the CAN harness.

T2-4-6
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

3
4
2

3
TDAA-02-05-001

6 1 6 10

7
15

11
5

8 16

6
12 13 14

TDCD-02-01-002

1- CAN 0 5- CAN 1 9- Communication Controller 13- Radio Controller


2- CAN-H (High) 6- Termination Resistor (120 Ω) 10- Monitor Controller 14- Air Conditioner Controller
3- CAN-L (Low) 7- ECF (Engine Controller) 11- MPDr. 15- Monitor Control Unit
4- CAN Bus 8- MC (Main Controller) 12- Wiper / Light Controller 16- Information Control Unit

T2-4-7
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

Accessory Circuit
1. When key switch (2) is set to the ACC position,
terminal B is connected to terminal ACC (3) in key
switch (2).
2. Current from terminal ACC (3) in key switch (2)
flows as shown below and makes each accessory
operable.

Key Switch Terminal ACC (3) Fuse Box 1 (4) Terminal #12 Wiper/Light Controller (8)
Radio (9)
Air Conditioner Unit (10)
Terminal #13 Cigar Lighter (6)
Terminal #14 Monitor Controller (5)
Terminal #15 Auxiliary (7)

T2-4-8
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

13 15 12 14
4

6 5
7
8
9
10

TJAC-02-04-002

1- Battery 4- Fuse Box 1 7- Auxiliary 10- Air Conditioner Unit


2- Key Switch 5- Monitor Controller 8- Wiper/Light Controller
3- Terminal ACC 6- Cigar Lighter 9- Radio

T2-4-9
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

Preheating Circuit (Key Switch: ON, START)


1. When key switch (4) is set to the ON or START
position, key switch terminal B (5) is connected to
fNOTE: When the preheating function is operated, after-
heating is operated for 30 seconds after engine starts.
terminal M (6) in key switch (4).
2. Current from M terminal (6) flows to terminal #1 of
QOS controller through fuse #16.
3. When coolant switch (2) is set in the OFF position
(coolant temperature is 10 °C or less) and key switch
(4) is set in the ON or START position, QOS controller
(3) connects terminal #4 to #5 (ground).
4. Therefore, glow plug relay (1) is turned ON and
electric power is supplied to glow plug (10) to
preheat.
5. When the preheating function is operated, QOS
controller (3) connects terminal #6 to #5 for 8
seconds.
6. Therefore, terminal #D5 of monitor controller (9)
connects to the ground through QOS controller (9).
7. Monitor controller (9) recognizes that the
preheating function is operated and displays the
glow signal on monitor (8).

T2-4-10
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

5 6

2 3

16
7

10
D5
9

TJAC-02-04-003

1- Glow Plug Relay 4- Key Switch 7- Fuse Box 1 10- Glow Plug
2- Coolant Switch 5- Terminal B 8- Monitor
3- QOS Controller 6- Terminal M 9- Monitor Controller

T2-4-11
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

Starting Circuit (Key Switch: START)


1. When key switch (7) is set to START position (6),
terminal B is connected to terminals M (8) and ST (9)
in key switch (7).
2. Current from terminal M (8) excites battery relay
(4). Current from battery (1) is routed to terminal
B of starter (2) and terminal B of starter relay 2 (3)
through battery relay (4).
3. In addition, current from terminal M (8) in key
switch flows to fuse #17.
4. Current from fuse #17 flows to GSM (10), monitor
controller (12), ECF (14), and MC (13) as a signal
indicating that key switch (7) is in ON or START
position (6).
5. When ECF (14) receives this signal, ECF (14) drives
EC motor (15) to move the governor lever to the
engine start position.
6. Current from terminal ST (9) flows to terminal S in
starter relay 2 (3) through starter cut relay (5).
7. Current flows to the coil in starter relay 2 (3) and
starter relay 2 (3) is turned ON.
8. Therefore, current flows to terminal S in starter (2)
from terminal B in starter relay 2 (3).
9. Consequently, the relay in starter (2) is turned ON so
that the starter motor rotates.

T2-4-12
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

8 9

6 10
5

4
1

2 B
11 12
17
S
C

B
S

13

14

TJAC-02-04-004
15

1- Battery 5- Starter Cut Relay 9- Terminal ST 13- MC


2- Starter 6- START Position 10- GSM 14- ECF
3- Starter Relay 2 7- Key Switch 11- Fuse Box 1 15- EC Motor
4- Battery Relay 8- Terminal M 12- Monitor Controller

T2-4-13
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

Operation of Starter Relay 2


1. When key switch (4) is set to the START position,
terminal B is connected to terminal ST in key switch fNOTE: Condenser (C1) as illustrated is used to stabilize
(4). the operating voltage. Diode (D4) protects the circuit in
case the battery terminals are reversely connected.
2. Current from battery (3) flows to the base of
transistor (Q2) through resistance (R4) in starter
relay 2 (1).
3. Therefore, transistor (Q2) is turned ON and current
flows to coil (L) in the relay.
4. Consequently, terminal B in starter (2) is connected
to terminal C and starter (2) is operated.
5. After the engine starts, the alternator starts
charging electricity and voltage at terminal R in
starter relay 2 increases.
6. When the voltage reaches 21 to 22V, Zener diode (Z)
is turned ON.
7. Consequently, transistor (Q1) is turned ON and
current flowing to the base of transistor (Q2)
disappears so that transistor (Q2) is turned OFF.
8. At this moment, terminal B in the starter is
disconnected from terminal C and the starter is
turned OFF.

4
TDCD-02-05-005

1- Starter Relay 2 3- Battery 5- From Alternator terminal L


2- Starter 4- Key Switch

T2-4-14
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

(Blank)

T2-4-15
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

Charging Circuit (Key Switch: ON)


1. After the engine starts and key switch (4) is released,
key switch (4) is returned to the ON position (3).
2. Terminal B is connected to terminals ACC (5) and M
(6) in key switch (4) with key switch (4) set in the ON
position (3).
3. Alternator (7) starts generating electricity with the
engine running. Current from alternator (7) terminal
B flows to battery (1) through battery relay (2) and
charges battery (1).
4. In addition, current from alternator (7) terminal L
flows to monitor controller (9) and GSM (8).
5. Monitor controller (9) detects the alternator (7)
generating electricity according to current from
alternator (7) and deletes the alternator alarm on
monitor.

T2-4-16
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

5 6
4

8
B

7
TJAC-02-04-005

1- Battery 4- Key Switch 7- Alternator


2- Battery Relay 5- Terminal ACC 8- GSM
3- ON Position 6- Terminal M 9- Monitor Controller

T2-4-17
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

Alternator (5) Operation


 Alternator (5) consists of field coil FC, stator coil SC,  At the beginning, no current is flowing through field
and diodes D. coil FC. When the rotor starts rotating, alternate
 Regulator (6) consists of transistors T1 and T2, Zener current is generated in stator coil SC due to the rotor
diode ZD, and resistances R1 and R2. remain magnetism.
 Terminal M (4) in the key switch is connected to base  When current flows through field coil FC, the rotor is
B of transistor T1 through R, RF, (R), and R1. further magnetized so that the generating voltage
 When battery relay (2) is in the ON position, the increases. Thereby, current through field coil FC
battery (1) voltage is applied to base B of transistor increases. Therefore, generating voltage increases
T1 in regulator (6) so that collector C is connected further and battery (1) start charging.
to emitter E. Therefore, field coil FC is grounded
through transistor T1.

3 4 5 6

TDAA-02-05-004

1- Battery 3- To Key Switch Terminal B 5- Alternator


2- Battery Relay 4- From Key Switch Terminal M 6- Regulator

T2-4-18
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

Regulator (6) Operation


 When generating voltage increases more than the  When generating voltage decreases lower than the
set voltage of Zener diode ZD, current flows to base set voltage of Zener diode ZD, transistor T2 is turned
B of transistor T2 and collector C is connected to OFF and transistor T1 is turned ON again.
emitter E.  Current flows through field coil FC and generating
 Current flowing to base B of transistor T1 disappears voltage at stator coil SC increases.
due to transistor T2 operation so that transistor T1 is The above operation is repeated so that alternator
turned OFF. (5) generating voltage is kept constant.
 No current flows through filed coil FC and generating
voltage at stator coil SC decreases.

3 4 5 6

SC

TDAA-02-05-003

1- Battery 3- To Key Switch Terminal B 5- Alternator


2- Battery Relay 4- From Key Switch Terminal M 6- Regulator

T2-4-19
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

Surge Voltage Prevention Circuit


1. When the engine is stopped (key switch (4): OFF),
current from terminal M in key switch (4) disappears
and battery relay (2) is turned OFF.
2. The engine continues to rotate due to inertia
force just after key switch (4) is turned OFF so that
alternator (5) continues to generate electricity.
3. As the generating current cannot flow to battery
(1), surge voltage arises in the circuit and failures of
the electronic components, such as the controller,
possibly cause. In order to prevent the occurrence
of surge voltage, the surge voltage prevention
circuit is provided.
4. When alternator (5) is generating electricity, the
generating current from alternator (5) terminal L
flows to terminal #A15 of monitor controller (6).
Monitor controller (6) connects terminal #D8 to the
ground.
5. Therefore, current flows to the exciting circuit in
load dump relay (3) and load dump relay (3) is
turned ON.
6. Consequently, even if key switch (4) is turned OFF
with the engine running, current from battery (1)
continues to excite battery relay (2) through load
dump relay (3).
7. In addition, when a fixed time has passed since
alternator (5) stops generating electricity, monitor
controller (6) disconnect terminal #D8 from the
ground. Therefore, battery relay (2) is turned OFF.

T2-4-20
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

3
2

D8
6
A15

TJAC-02-04-006
5

1- Battery 3- Load Dump Relay 5- Alternator


2- Battery Relay 4- Key Switch 6- Monitor Controller

T2-4-21
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

Pilot Shut-Off Circuit (Key switch: ON)


1. When the pilot shut-off lever is set to the UNLOCK
position, pilot shut-off switch (5) is turned ON.
2. Current from fuse #4 flows to the ground through
pilot shut-off relay (2) and pilot shut-off switch (5)
so that pilot shut-off relay (2) is excited.
3. When pilot shut-off relay (2) is excited, the
ground circuit in pilot shut-off solenoid valve (3)
is connected to the ground through pilot shut-off
relay (2) and security relay (10).
4. Therefore, pilot shut-off solenoid valve (3) is turned
ON and pressure oil from the pilot pump is supplied
to the pilot valve.

 Neutral Engine Start Circuit


1. When the pilot shut-off lever is set to the UNLOCK
position, the coil of starter cut relay (4) is connected
to the ground circuit.
2. When key switch (6) is set to the START position at
this time, starter cut relay (4) is excited.
3. When starter cut relay (4) is excited, the circuit
between terminal ST (7) in key switch (6) and
terminal S of starter relay 2 (9) is disconnected.
4. Therefore, when the pilot shut-off lever is in the
UNLOCK position, even if key switch (6) is set to the
START position, the starter does not rotate and the
engine does not start.

fNOTE: When the pilot shut-off lever is set to the


UNLOCK position, terminal #C1 of MC (11) is connected
to the ground. Therefore, MC (11) recognizes that the
pilot shut-off lever is in the UNLOCK position.

T2-4-22
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

7
6

2 3 4 5

10

C1

11

TJAC-02-04-007

1- Battery 4- Starter Cut Relay 6- Key Switch 9- Starter Relay 2


2- Pilot Shut-Off Relay 5- Pilot Shut-Off Switch (Pilot 7- Terminal ST 10- Security Relay
3- Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve Shut-Off Lever) 8- Fuse Box 1 11- MC

T2-4-23
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

Engine Stop Circuit


Even if key switch (1) is set to the OFF position, the
engine does not stop.

When the engine does not stop due to some troubles


that the machine is failed or damaged with key switch
(1) OFF, set (lower) engine stop switch (5) to the ON
position. Then, the engine stops. After that, return
(raise) engine stop switch (5) to the OFF position.

dCAUTION: Do not use engine stop switch (5)


unless absolutely necessary. When the machine
stops due to the machine failure, do not start the
machine until repair is completed.

1. If the engine does not stop after key switch (1) is set
to the OFF position, terminal B (2) continues to be
connected to terminal M (3) in key switch (1).
2. When engine stop switch (5) is set to the ON
position at this time, terminal #26 of ECF (6)
connects to the ground.
3. ECF (6) recognizes that engine stop switch (5) is in
the ON position. ECF (6) drives EC motor to stop
position and stops the engine.

fNOTE: Even if the starter rotates with engine stop


switch (5) set in the ON position, the engine does not
start.

T2-4-24
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

2 3
1

4
17

26
6

TJAC-02-04-008
7
1- Key Switch 3- Terminal M 5- Engine Stop Switch 7- EC Motor
2- Terminal B 4- Fuse Box 1 6- ECF

T2-4-25
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

(Blank)

T2-4-26
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

Monitor Circuit
The major functions and circuits in the monitor circuit are
as follows.

 Security Circuit:
Disconnects current for engine starting from the key
switch according to the signals from the external
alarm system or monitor controller. Turns the pilot
shut-off solenoid valve OFF and disconnects the
pilot circuit. Sounds the security horn at this time.
(Monitor Controller, Security Relay, Security Horn
Relay)
 Radio Circuit:
Operates the radio.
(Monitor Controller, Switch Panel, Radio)
 Air Conditioner Circuit:
Operates the air conditioner.
(Monitor Controller, Switch Panel, Air Conditioner
Controller)

T2-4-27
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

Security Circuit
1. When monitor controller (6) receives the external
alarm signal from e-Service or the numerical keypad
password input error signal, monitor controller (6)
connects terminals #D15 and #D16 to the ground
inside.
2. Therefore, security horn relay (8), security relay (9),
and starter cut relay (2) are excited.
3. When security horn relay (8) is excited, current from
fuse #9 activates security horn (7).
4. When security relay (9) is excited, the ground circuit
in pilot shut-off solenoid valve (1) is disconnected
and pilot shut-off solenoid valve (1) is turned OFF.
5. Therefore, pressure oil which flows to the pilot valve
from the pilot pump is blocked by pilot shut-off
solenoid valve (1).
6. In addition, when starter cut relay (2) is excited, the
circuit between terminal ST (4) in key switch (3) and
terminal S of starter relay 2 (10) is disconnected.
7. Therefore, even if key switch (3) is set to the START
position, the engine does not start.

T2-4-28
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

4
3

1 2

5 6
4
9

D16
D15
S

9 8
10

TJAC-02-04-009

1- Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve 4- Terminal ST 7- Security Horn 10- Starter Relay 2
2- Starter Cut Relay 5- Fuse Box 1 8- Security Horn Relay
3- Key Switch 6- Monitor Controller 9- Security Relay

T2-4-29
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

Radio Circuit
1. The operation on switch panel (2) is displayed on
monitor (1) through monitor controller (3).
2. When the setting for radio is adjusted on switch
panel (2), the signal is sent to monitor controller (3).
3. Monitor controller (3) sends the signal to radio
controller (5) by using CAN communication and the
radio is operated.

Air Conditioner Circuit


1. The operation on switch panel (2) is displayed on
monitor (1) through monitor controller (3).
2. When the setting for air conditioner is adjusted
on switch panel (2), the signal is sent to monitor
controller (3).
3. Monitor controller (3) sends the signal to
air conditioner controller (6) by using CAN
communication and the air conditioner is operated.

T2-4-30
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

4
3
3 12 4 17 14

CAN1

6
TJAC-02-04-010
5

1- Monitor 3- Monitor Controller 5- Radio Controller


2- Switch Panel 4- Fuse Box 1 6- Air Conditioner Controller

T2-4-31
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

(Blank)

T2-4-32
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

Accessory Circuit
The major functions and circuits in the accessory circuit
are as follows.

 Work Light Circuit:


Turns on the work light and boom light.
(Wiper/Light Controller, Switch Panel, Work Light
Relay)
 Wiper Circuit:
Operates the intermittent operation of wiper and the
washer.
(Wiper/Light Controller, Switch Panel, Wiper Relay,
Washer Relay)
 Cab Light Circuit:
Turns on/off the cab light by shifting the switch or by
opening/shutting the door.

T2-4-33
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

Work Light Circuit


Work Light (9) Circuit 1

1. When work light switch (4) is set to the 1 position,


current from fuse #17 flows to terminal #A6 of
wiper/light controller (5) and switch panel (2), and
connects to the ground in switch panel (2).
2. Therefore, work light relay 1 (8) is turned ON and
current from fuse #29 turns on work light (9).
3. In addition, wiper/light controller (5) sends the
signal to monitor controller (3) by using CAN
communication.
4. Monitor controller (3) displays the operation of work MDAA-01-222
light switch (4) on monitor (1).

Boom Light (10) Circuit


1. When work light switch (4) is set to the 2 position,
current from fuse #1 flows to terminal #A2 of
wiper/light controller (5) and switch panel (2), and
connects to the ground in switch panel (2).
2. Therefore, work light relay 1 (8) and work light relay
2 (7) are turned ON and current from fuse #29 and
fuse #1 turn on work light (9) and boom light (10)
respectively.
3. In addition, wiper/light controller (5) sends the
signal to monitor controller (3) by using CAN
communication.
4. Monitor controller (3) displays the operation of work
light switch (4) on monitor (1) and changes the
monitor (1) screen to the nighttime mode screen.

fNOTE: When the monitor (1) screen is the nighttime


mode screen, push 0 on the numerical keypad switch for
a few seconds so that the monitor (1) screen is changed
to the daytime mode screen.

T2-4-34
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

11

17 6 29
1

CAN1

A6
A2

10

TJAC-02-04-011
8 7

1- Monitor 4- Work Light Switch 7- Work Light Relay 2 10- Boom Light
2- Switch Panel 5- Wiper/Light Controller 8- Work Light Relay 1 11- Fuse Box 2
3- Monitor Controller 6- Fuse Box 1 9- Work Light

T2-4-35
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

Wiper/Washer Circuit
3
Wiper Circuit
1. When wiper/washer switch (4) is set to the INT.
position, the signals according to the set intervals
are sent to wiper/light controller (5).
2. Wiper/light controller (5) connects terminal #B9 to 2
the ground inside according to the input intervals.
3. Therefore, wiper relay (6) is turned ON  OFF 1
repeatedly.
4. When wiper relay (6) is ON, current from fuse #2
flows to wiper motor (9) and the wiper is operated. M178-01-016

5. In addition, wiper/light controller (5) sends the


signal to monitor controller (2) by using CAN
communication. No. INT. Position Set Time
1 Slow Speed 8 seconds
6. Monitor controller (2) displays the operating
2 Middle 6 seconds
condition of wiper/washer switch (4) on monitor (3).
3 Fast Speed 3 seconds

Washer Circuit
1. While pushing wiper/washer switch (4), wiper/light
controller (5) receives the signals from wiper/washer
3
switch (4).
2. Wiper/light controller (5) connects terminal #A5 to
the ground inside and washer relay (7) is excited.
3. Current from fuse #2 flows to washer motor (8) and
washer liquid is jetted.
4. In addition, when pushing wiper/washer switch (4)
for 1.4 seconds or more, wiper/light controller (5)
turns washer relay (7) and wiper relay (6) ON.
5. Therefore, the washer and wiper are operated at the
same time. MDAA-01-222

T2-4-36
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

1 2

2 17

CAN1

B9
A5

4
5

8
7 6

TJAC-02-04-012
9

1- Fuse Box 1 4- Wiper/Washer Switch 7- Washer Relay


2- Monitor Controller 5- Wiper/Light Controller 8- Washer Motor
3- Monitor 6- Wiper Relay 9- Wiper Motor

T2-4-37
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

Cab Light Circuit


Cab Light Switch (7): Door Interlocking Position (6) Cab Light Switch (7): ON Position
(Key Switch: ON)
1. Wiper/light controller (4) connects terminal #A7 to
1. When cab light switch (7) is set to door interlocking the ground inside.
position (6), current from fuse #9 flows to terminal
2. When cab light switch (7) is set to the ON position,
#B10 of wiper/light controller (4).
current from fuse #9 flows to terminal #A7 of wiper/
2. When the cab door is shut, door open/close switch light controller (4).
(3) is turned ON and terminal #B18 of wiper/light
3. Consequently, cab light (8) is always on with cab
controller (4) is connected to the ground.
light switch (7) set in the ON position.
3. Wiper/light controller (4) recognizes that the cab
door is closed and disconnects terminal #B10 from
the ground.
4. When the cab door is opened, door open/close
switch (3) is turned OFF and terminal #B18 of wiper/
light controller (4) is disconnected from the ground.
5. Wiper/light controller (4) recognizes that the cab
door is open and connects terminal #B10 to the
ground inside for thirty seconds.
6. Therefore, current from fuse #9 flows to terminal
#B10 of wiper/light controller (4) and turns on cab
light (8).
7. After cab light (8) is turned on for thirty seconds or
when the cab door is shut, wiper/light controller (4)
disconnects terminal #B10 inside from the ground.
8. Therefore, cab light (8) is tuned off.
9. Consequently, cab light switch (7) is in door
interlocking position (6), cab light (8) is turned on/
off by opening/shutting the cab door.

fNOTE: In case the cab door is open and the key switch is
set to the ON position, cab light (8) is not turned on with
cab light switch (7) set in door interlocking position (6).
When shutting the cab door once and opening it again,
cab light (8) can be turned on.

T2-4-38
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

B18

B10
A7

4 3
8 7 6

TJAC-02-04-013

1- Key Switch 3- Door Open/Close Switch 5- ON Position 7- Cab Light Switch


2- Fuse Box 1 4- Wiper/Light Controller 6- Door Interlocking Position 8- Cab Light

T2-4-39
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Electrical System

(Blank)

T2-4-40
MEMO
MEMO
SECTION 3

COMPONENT OPERATION
CONTENTS
Group 1 Pump Device Group 6 Signal Control Valve
Outline..................................................................................... T3-1-1 Outline..................................................................................... T3-6-1
Main Pump............................................................................. T3-1-2 Pilot Port.................................................................................. T3-6-2
Regulators.............................................................................. T3-1-4 Shuttle Valve.......................................................................... T3-6-7
Pilot Pump............................................................................T3-1-12 Shockless Valve...................................................................T3-6-10
N Sensor (Engine Speed Sensor)..................................T3-1-12 Pump 1 Flow Rate Control Valve, Pump 2
Pump Delivery Pressure Sensor....................................T3-1-12 Flow Rate Control Valve.............................................T3-6-14
Pump Displacement Angle Sensor..............................T3-1-12 Arm Flow Rate Control Valve Control Spool, Flow
Combiner Valve Control Spool, Swing Parking
Group 2 Swing Device Brake Release Spool....................................................T3-6-16
Outline..................................................................................... T3-2-1
Swing Reduction Gear....................................................... T3-2-2 Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)
Swing Motor.......................................................................... T3-2-3 Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve........................................... T3-7-1
Swing Parking Brake........................................................... T3-2-4 Solenoid Valve....................................................................... T3-7-3
Valve Unit................................................................................ T3-2-6 Fan Motor............................................................................... T3-7-6
Fan Valve................................................................................. T3-7-7
Group 3 Control Valve Pilot Relief Valve.................................................................T3-7-10
Outline..................................................................................... T3-3-1 Shockless Valve . ................................................................T3-7-11
Hydraulic Circuit.................................................................T3-3-18 Accumulator ......................................................................T3-7-12
Flow Combiner Valve........................................................T3-3-24 Distribution Valve..............................................................T3-7-13
Main Relief Valve................................................................T3-3-26
Overload Relief Valve (with Make-Up Function).....T3-3-30 Group 8 Others (Undercarriage)
Boom Overload Relief Valve (Low Pressure).............T3-3-36 Swing Bearing....................................................................... T3-8-1
Regenerative Valve............................................................T3-3-38 Center Joint............................................................................ T3-8-2
Anti-Drift Valve....................................................................T3-3-42 Track Adjuster........................................................................ T3-8-3
Flow Rate Control Valve...................................................T3-3-46
Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Valve...................................T3-3-54
Bypass Shut-Out Valve.....................................................T3-3-56
Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve.....................................T3-3-58
Group 4 Pilot Valve
Outline..................................................................................... T3-4-1
Operation (Front Attachment /
Swing and Travel Pilot Valves).................................... T3-4-3
Operation (Auxiliary / Counterweight Removal
and Installation Pilot Valve)......................................T3-4-11
Shockless Function (Only for Travel Pilot Valve)......T3-4-16
Group 5 Travel Device
Outline..................................................................................... T3-5-1
Travel Reduction Gear........................................................ T3-5-2
Travel Motor........................................................................... T3-5-4
Parking Brake......................................................................... T3-5-6
Travel Brake Valve................................................................ T3-5-8
Overload Relief Valve........................................................T3-5-12
Travel Mode Control.........................................................T3-5-14

JACT-3-1
(Blank)

JACT-3-2
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Outline
The pump device consists of transmission, main pump The main pump is a variable displacement swash plate
(pump 1 (1), pump 2 (3)) and pilot pump (2). parallel plunger type pump. The two pumps (1), (3) are
The engine output is transmitted to the transmission (4) placed in parallel to supply high-pressure oil for operation
via the coupling. After being distributed by the gears, the to the main circuit.
engine power drives the pumps. Reduction gear ratio of The pilot pump (2) is a gear pump, and it supplies
the main pump (pump 2 (3)) is 1:1, and of the main pump hydraulic oil to the pilot circuit.
(pump 1(1)) and pilot pump (2) are 32:31.

T16J-03-01-001

1- Pump 1 3- Pump 2 5- Regulator


2- Pilot Pump 4- Transmission

T3-1-1
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Main Pump
The main pump consists of two pumps, which are placed Plungers (4) slide on shoe plate (5) and plungers (4)
in parallel. The revolution of the engine is transmitted to reciprocate in the bores of cylinder block (3) by means of
driven shaft (1) via shaft (7), drive gear (6) and driven gear the slope of swash plate (8). By this reciprocating action,
(2) and drives the two pumps. hydraulic oil is drawn and delivered.
In addition, driven shaft (1) drives pilot pump (9), which is
located on the rear end.

1 2

7 6 5 4 3

7 6 8 5 4 3

T16J-03-01-002

1- Driven Shaft 4- Plunger 7- Shaft


2- Driven Gear 5- Shoe Plate 8- Swash Plate
3- Cylinder Block 6- Drive Gear 9- Pilot Pump

T3-1-2
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Delivery Rate Increase/Decrease Operation


1. The main pump delivery rate is changed by
changing the swash plate (3) angle (displacement
angle), thus changing plunger stroke in the cylinder
block (5) bores.
2. Servo piston (2) is moved by pressure oil from
the regulator to control the swash plate (3) angle
(displacement angle).
3. As swash plate (3) is connected to servo piston
(2), the swash plate (3) angle is changed by the
movement of servo piston (2).

5
4
3 T16J-03-01-055

1- Shaft 3- Swash Plate 5- Cylinder Block


2- Servo Piston 4- Plunger 6- Valve Plate

T3-1-3
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Regulators
The regulators are provided on the top of the main As pump control solenoid valve (11) is activated, servo
pumps to control the pump delivery rate. The pump assist pressure Pi (delivery pressure from the pilot pump)
delivery (flow) rate is changed as the flow control is reduced, becoming pump flow control pressure, which
pressure from pump control solenoid valve (11) increases then acts on pilot piston (1) via passage (a).
or decreases. Also, servo assist pressure Pi is combined with main pump
Main pump delivery pressure P1 is routed to spool (3) via delivery pressure P1 via check valve (2) and passage (b).
check valve (10), acting on spool (3). Main pump delivery
pressure P1 is also routed into the small chamber of servo
piston (8) via passage (d) all the time.

2
a
e
10
Flow Control
b
Pressure
11

d
1 c
6

3 7

4 9

Pi

8
P1

Pilot Pump

Main Pump

TJAC-03-01-001

T3-1-4
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Pi e 3 c 4 11
A

5 6
b

a 9

1 d
10
Small Chamber
Large
Chamber P1
7 8
Main Pump
Large  Displacement Angle  Small T16J-03-01-004

4
5
6
7
10

8
P1

Cross Section A
Main Pump
T16J-03-01-005

1- Pilot Piston 4- Sleeve 7- Plug 10- Check Valve


2- Check Valve 5- Pin 8- Servo Piston 11- Pump Control Solenoid Valve
3- Spool 6- Spring 9- Feedback Lever

a- Passage for Pump Control Solenoid Valve Output Pressure e- Tank Port (Pump Control Solenoid Valve)
b- Passage for Servo Assist Pressure to be Combined with Main Pump P1- Main Pump Delivery Pressure
Delivery Pressure P1 Pi- Servo Assist Pressure (Pilot Pump Delivery Pressure)
c- Servo Piston Large Chamber Side Tank Port
d- Passage to Servo Piston Small Chamber

T3-1-5
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Regulator Operation with Flow Rate Control


Pressure 0 (Minimum Flow Rate)
4. As servo piston (8) moves, feedback lever (9) rotates
1. When the flow rate control pressure from pump
counterclockwise around plug (7).
control solenoid valve (11) is 0, spool (3) is pushed
to the left by spring (6). 5. Because the top end of feedback lever (9) is
connected to sleeve (4) by pin (5), sleeve (4) moves
2. As a result, main pump delivery pressure P1 is
to the left.
routed into the servo piston (8) large chamber via
check valve (10), sleeve (4) and spool (3). 6. Servo piston (8) continues to move until the notch
on spool (3) is closed completely.
3. Although main pump delivery pressure P1 is also
routed into the small chamber, servo piston (8) 7. With the above operation, the pump displacement
moves to the right due to the difference in pressure angle becomes the minimum, obtaining the
receiving areas between the servo piston ends. minimum flow rate.

10
Flow Control
Pressure
11

d
c
6

3 7

4 9

Pi

8
P1

Pilot Pump

Main Pump

TJAC-03-01-002

T3-1-6
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Pi e 3 4 11
A

5 6

d
10
Small Chamber
Large
Chamber P1
7 8
Main Pump
Large  Displacement Angle  Small T16J-03-01-006

4
5
6
7
10

8
P1

Cross Section A
Main Pump
T16J-03-01-007

1- Pilot Piston 4- Sleeve 7- Plug 10- Check Valve


2- Check Valve 5- Pin 8- Servo Piston 11- Pump Control Solenoid Valve
3- Spool 6- Spring 9- Feedback Lever

a- Passage for Pump Control Solenoid Valve Output Pressure e- Tank Port (Pump Control Solenoid Valve)
b- Passage for Servo Assist Pressure to be Combined with Main Pump P1- Main Pump Delivery Pressure
Delivery Pressure P1 Pi- Servo Assist Pressure (Pilot Pump Delivery Pressure)
c- Servo Piston Large Chamber Side Tank Port
d- Passage to Servo Piston Small Chamber

T3-1-7
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Regulator Operation with Flow Rate Control


Pressure Increasing (Increasing Flow Rate)
4. As servo piston (8) is moved to the left, feedback
1. When pump control solenoid valve (11) is
lever (9) rotates clockwise around plug (7).
actuated, flow control pressure, proportional to the
movement of pump control solenoid valve (11), acts 5. Because the top end of feedback lever (9) is
on pilot piston (1) via passage (a), moving spool (3) connected to sleeve (4) by pin (5), sleeve (4) moves
to the right until spool (3) balances with spring (6). to the right.
2. When spool (3) moves to the right, the large 6. Servo piston (8) continues to move until the notch
chamber of servo piston (8) is connected to the on spool (3) is closed completely.
hydraulic oil tank via passage (c) in spool (3).
7. With the above operation, the pump displacement
3. Since the main pump delivery pressure P1 is angle is increased, increasing pump delivery rate.
routed into the small chamber of servo piston (8) Note that the rate of the increment is proportional
via passage (d) all the time, servo piston (8) moves to the increment of the flow rate control pressure.
to the left. Therefore oil in the large chamber is
returned to the hydraulic oil tank.

a
e
10
Flow Control
Pressure
11

d
1 c 3
6
5

4 9

Pi

8
P1

Pilot Pump

Main Pump

TJAC-03-01-003

T3-1-8
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Pi e 3 c 4 11
A

5 6
b

a 9

1 d
10
Small Chamber
Large
Chamber P1
7 8
Main Pump
Large  Displacement Angle  Small T16J-03-01-008

4
5
6
7
10

8
P1

Cross Section A
Main Pump
T16J-03-01-007

1- Pilot Piston 4- Sleeve 7- Plug 10- Check Valve


2- Check Valve 5- Pin 8- Servo Piston 11- Pump Control Solenoid Valve
3- Spool 6- Spring 9- Feedback Lever

a- Passage for Pump Control Solenoid Valve Output Pressure e- Tank Port (Pump Control Solenoid Valve)
b- Passage for Servo Assist Pressure to be Combined with Main Pump P1- Main Pump Delivery Pressure
Delivery Pressure P1 Pi- Servo Assist Pressure (Pilot Pump Delivery Pressure)
c- Servo Piston Large Chamber Side Tank Port
d- Passage to Servo Piston Small Chamber

T3-1-9
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Regulator Operation with Flow Rate Control


Pressure Decreasing (Decreasing Flow Rate)
5. As servo piston (8) moves, feedback lever (9) rotates
1. When the flow control pressure from pump control
counterclockwise around plug (7).
solenoid valve (11) decreases, spool (3) is returned
to the left until it balances with spring (6). 6. Because the top end of feedback lever (9) is
connected to sleeve (4) by pin (5), sleeve (4) moves
2. The pressure oil exerted on pilot piston (1) is
to the left.
returned to the hydraulic oil tank via passages (a)
and (e). 7. Servo piston (8) continues to move until the notch
on spool (3) is closed completely.
3. As spool (3) moves to the left, main pump delivery
pressure P1 is routed into the large chamber of 8. With the above operation, the pump displacement
servo piston (8) via check valve (10), sleeve (4), and angle is reduced, decreasing the pump flow rate.
spool (3). Note that the rate of the flow rate reduction is
proportional to the reduction of the flow rate
4. Although main pump delivery pressure P1 is also
control pressure.
routed into the small chamber, servo piston (8)
moves to the right due to the difference in pressure
receiving areas between the servo piston ends.

a
e
10
Flow Control
Pressure
11

6
5

1 3 4 9

Pi

8
P1

Pilot Pump

Main Pump

TJAC-03-01-004

T3-1-10
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Pi e 3 c 4 11
A

5 6
b

a 9

1 d
10
Small Chamber
Large
Chamber P1
7 8
Main Pump
Large  Displacement Angle  Small T16J-03-01-010

4
5
6
7
10

8
P1

Cross Section A
Main Pump
T16J-03-01-011

1- Pilot Piston 4- Sleeve 7- Plug 10- Check Valve


2- Check Valve 5- Pin 8- Servo Piston 11- Pump Control Solenoid Valve
3- Spool 6- Spring 9- Feedback Lever

a- Passage for Pump Control Solenoid Valve Output Pressure P1- Main Pump Delivery Pressure
b- Passage for Servo Assist Pressure to be Combined with Main Pump Pi- Servo Assist Pressure (Pilot Pump Delivery Pressure)
Delivery Pressure P1
c- Servo Piston Large Chamber Side Tank Port
d- Passage to Servo Piston Small Chamber
e- Tank Port (Pump Control Solenoid Valve)

T3-1-11
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Pilot Pump 2 Inlet Port 1

Drive gear (1) is driven by the engine via the transmission


which in turn rotates driven gear (2) as they are meshed
together.

1- Drive Gear 2- Driven Gear

T137-02-03-005
Outlet Port
N Sensor (Engine Speed Sensor)
The N sensor detects the engine speed, which is used to
control various operations. The N sensor is located close
to the flywheel gear teeth so that the sensor converts the 3
number of teeth passing by the sensor into pulse signals, 6 7
4
effectively sensing the engine speed.
5
3- Coil 6- Output
4- Magnet 7- Output
5- Tooth

Pump Delivery Pressure Sensor T178-03-01-020

This sensor detects the pump delivery pressures, which


are used to control various operations. When oil pressure
is applied onto diaphragm (11), the diaphragm is
deformed. The deformation of the diaphragm is detected
as electrical signals.

8- Ground 11- Pressure Receiving Area 8 9 10 11


9- Output (Diaphragm)
T157-02-03-010
10- Power Source (5V)

Pump Displacement Angle Sensor


The pump displacement angle is transmitted to pump
displacement angle sensor (12) via lever (13). The pump
displacement angle sensor detects displacement angle
changes as changes in electrical resistance. 12

12 - Pump Displacement Angle 13 - Lever


Sensor

13

T162-03-01-010

T3-1-12
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 2 Swing Device

Outline
The swing device consists of valve unit (1), swing motor
(2), and swing reduction gear (3).
Valve unit (1) prevents the cavitation and the overload in
the swing circuit.
Swing motor (2) is a swash plate type axial plunger
motor (with built-in swing parking brake), which is
driven by pressure oil from the pump, and the rotation is
transmitted to swing reduction gear (3).
Swing reduction gear (3) converts swing motor (2) output
into slow large torque to rotate the shaft.
Thereby, the upperstructure is rotated.

T16J-03-02-001

1- Valve Unit 2- Swing Motor 3- Swing Reduction Gear

T3-2-1
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 2 Swing Device

Swing Reduction Gear


The swing reduction gear is a two-stage planetary Shaft (6) is engaged with the internal gear of the swing
reduction gear. bearing fixed to the undercarriage in order to swing the
Ring gear (4) is attached to housing (11) and fixed to the upperstructure.
upperstructure.
Shaft (2) in swing motor (1) rotates first stage sun gear
(10), whose rotating torque is transmitted to second stage
sun gear (8) through first stage planetary gear (3) and first
stage carrier (9).
Second stage sun gear (8) rotates shaft (6) through
second stage planetary gear (5) and second stage carrier
(7).

2
10
9 3

4
8
5
7

11

T16J-03-02-002

1- Swing Motor 4- Ring Gear 7- Second Stage Carrier 10- First Stage Sun Gear
2- Shaft (Swing Motor) 5- Second Stage Planetary Gear 8- Second Stage Sun Gear 11- Housing
3- First Stage Planetary Gear 6- Shaft 9- First Stage Carrier

T3-2-2
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 2 Swing Device

Swing Motor
The swing motor consists of swash plate (9), rotor (12), When pressure oil is supplied from the pump, plunger (6)
plunger (6), valve plate (13), housing (11), and swing is pushed. As swash plate (9) is inclined, shoe (10) on the
parking brake (14) (spring (1), brake piston (2), plates (3), end of plunger (6) slides along swash plate (9) and rotor
friction plates (5), and swing parking brake selection valve (12) rotates.
(4)). The end of shaft (8) is connected to the first stage sun
Shaft (8) is connected to rotor (12) by a spline joint, and gear in the swing reduction gear by a spline joint.
into plunger (6) is inserted into rotor (12). Therefore, the rotation of shaft (8) is transmitted to the
swing reduction gear.

1
13
2

12 4
14
3
11

10
5
9 6

8
T178-03-02-002

1- Spring 4- Swing Parking Brake Selection 7- Retainer 11- Housing


2- Brake Piston Valve 8- Shaft 12- Rotor
3- Plate 5- Friction Plate 9- Swash Plate 13- Valve Plate
6- Plunger 10- Shoe 14- Swing Parking Brake

T3-2-3
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 2 Swing Device

Swing Parking Brake


The parking brake is a wet-type spring set hydraulic
released multi-disc brake. When the brake release
pressure is routed to brake piston chamber (6), the brake
is released.
The brake release pressure is supplied from the pilot
pump only when either swing or front attachment is
operated.
In other cases (including engine stopping), the brake
release pressure returns to the hydraulic oil tank, so that
the brake is applied automatically by spring (1).

When brake is released When brake is applied


1. When the swing or front attachment control lever 1. When the swing or front attachment control lever
is operated, the swing parking brake release spool is returned to neutral, the swing parking brake
in the signal control valve is shifted. Therefore, pilot release spool in the signal control valve is returned
pressure from the pilot pump is supplied to port SH to neutral and pilot pressure to port SH (5) is not
(5). supplied.
2. Pilot pressure to port SH (5) opens check valve (4) 2. Therefore, check valve (4) is closed and the brake
and acts on brake piston chamber (6). release pressure is released to the swing motor
housing through orifice (3).
3. Consequently, as brake piston (2) is pushed upward,
plate (8) and friction plate (7) are freed, so that the 3. Consequently, the spring (1) force acts on friction
brake is released. plates (7) engaging on the outer surface of rotor (9)
and plates (8) engaging on the inner surface of the
motor housing via brake piston (2), and the rotor (9)
outer surface is secured by the friction force. When
the engine stops, the brake is applied automatically
as pressure is not supplied to port SH (5).

T3-2-4
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 2 Swing Device

3
10
4

8 5

6
7

9 TJAA-03-02-001

1- Spring 4- Check Valve 6- Brake Piston Chamber 9- Rotor


2- Brake Piston 5- Port SH (Brake Release 7- Friction Plate 10- Swing Parking Brake Selection
3- Orifice Pressure) 8- Plate Valve

T3-2-5
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 2 Swing Device

Valve Unit
Valve unit (6) consists of make-up valve (2) and overload
relief valve (3).
Make-up valve (2) prevents cavitation in the circuit
from occurring. Overload relief valve (3) prevents surge
pressure in the circuit from occurring and protects the
circuit from being overloaded. 3

Make-Up Valve
During swing stopping operation, the swing motor
is driven by inertial force of the upperstructure. The 2
swing motor is turned forcibly in excess of oil flow rate
from the pump, so that cavitation occurs in the motor.
In order to avoid this cavitation, when the swing circuit 1
pressure becomes lower than pressure in the return
circuit (port M (1)), poppet (5) opens, draws hydraulic
oil, and compensates the lack of oil feed. 4

T1J1-03-02-001

2 2

T178-03-02-004

1- Port M 3- Overload Relief Valve 5- Poppet


2- Make-Up Valve 4- Control Valve 6- Valve Unit

T3-2-6
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 2 Swing Device

Relief Valve
When starting or stopping swing operation, the swing
circuit pressure becomes high. The relief valve prevents
the circuit pressure from rising higher than the set
pressure.

 Low-Pressure Relief Operation (Shockless Function):  High-Pressure Relief Operation (Overload Prevention):
1. Pressure at port HP (swing circuit) is routed to oil 1. After piston (6) reaches the stroke end, spring (3) is
chamber C (9) through orifice (2) in poppet (1). compressed and the circuit pressure becomes the
normal relief set pressure.
2. Pressure oil in chamber C (9) flows to oil chamber A
(8) through passage A (4), and to oil chamber B (7) 2. When pressure at port HP increases beyond the
through passage B (5). spring (3) set pressure, poppet (1) is opened and
pressure oil flows to port LP.
3. As the pressure receiving area in oil chamber B (7)
is larger than that in oil chamber A (8), piston (6) 3. When pressure at port HP is reduced to the
moves to the left. specified level, poppet (1) is closed by the spring (3)
force.
4. As long as piston (6) keeps moving, a pressure
difference is developed between the front and rear
of poppet (1) due to orifice (2). When this pressure
difference is increased beyond the spring (3) force,
poppet (1) is opened and pressure oil flows to port
LP.
5. When piston (6) reaches the stroke end, the
pressure difference between the front and rear of
poppet (1) disappears and poppet (1) is closed.

1 2 3 4 5 6

HP

LP

9 8 7
T178-03-02-005

HP - Port HP (Swing Circuit) LP - Port LP (Return Circuit)

1- Poppet 4- Passage A 7- Oil Chamber B


2- Orifice 5- Passage B 8- Oil Chamber A
3- Spring 6- Piston 9- Oil Chamber C

T3-2-7
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 2 Swing Device

(Blank)

T3-2-8
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Outline
The control valve controls the oil pressure, flow rate, and As for the spools, in the A side block, travel (right), bucket,
flow direction in the hydraulic circuit. boom 1, and arm 2 are arranged in that order as viewed
The major parts are the main relief valve, overload relief from the machine front. In the B side block, travel (left),
valve, flow combiner valve, anti-drift valve, flow rate auxiliary, boom 2, arm 1, and swing are arranged in that
control valve, regenerative valve, boom lower meter-in order as viewed from the machine front.
cut valve, bypass shut-out valve, and spools. The spools
are operated by the pilot oil pressure.

Control Valve

3
5
4
2
7

1
8

10

A TJAA-03-03-001

A - 4-Spool Side B - 5-Spool Side

1- Main Relief Valve 4- Boom 2 7- Travel (Left) 10- Bucket


2- Auxiliary 5- Arm 1 8- Arm 2
3- Swing 6- Boom 1 9- Travel (Right)

T3-3-1
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Layout of Control Valve

1 2 8 3 4 5

6
51
7
50
13
49
48 9
47
46 10
45

11
44

12

14
43
15
42 16
41 17
18
40
19
39 20
21
52
22
38
23
24
37

25

31 30
36 35 34 33 32 29 28 27 26

TJAA-03-03-048
53 54

T3-3-2
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

A Side

1 3 50, 51 2 41, 42, 43, 45, 46 49 47

44

40
39

38 34

35 36 37 g 33
TJAA-03-03-006

c - Arm Roll-In Pressure Sensor g - Bucket Roll-In Pressure Sensor


Connecting Position Connecting Position

1- Check Valve (Arm Make-Up) 15- Load Check Valve (Boom 2 28- Check Valve (Bucket Flow 42- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve
2- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (A Side) Parallel Circuit) Combiner Circuit) (Poppet Valve)
3- Arm Regeneration Cut Valve 16- Check Valve (Boom 2 29- Check Valve (Main Relief 43- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut
4- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Regenerative Circuit) Circuit) Valve
(Selector Valve) 17- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 2: 30- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 44- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 1:
5- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Rod Side) (Selector Valve) Bottom Side)
(Poppet Valve) 18- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve 31- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 45- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve
6- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (Selector Valve) (Poppet Valve) (Selector Valve)
(Selector Valve) 19- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve (Check 32- Check Valve (Auxiliary Flow 46- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve (Check
7- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Valve) Combiner Circuit) Valve)
(Poppet Valve) 20- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary 33- Flow Combiner Valve 47- Boom Overload Relief Valve
8- Arm Regenerative Valve Tandem Circuit) 34- Check Valve (Flow Combiner (Low Pressure) (Boom 1: Rod
9- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve 21- Overload Relief Valve Circuit) Side)
(Check Valve) (Auxiliary) 35- Check Valve (Main Relief 48- Boom Overload Relief Control
10- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve 22- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary Circuit) Valve
(Selector Valve) Parallel Circuit) 36- Main Relief Valve 49- Load Check Valve (Arm 2
11- Overload Relief Valve (Arm: 23- Overload Relief Valve 37- Load Check Valve (Bucket Tandem Circuit)
Bottom Side) (Auxiliary) Parallel Circuit) 50- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve
12- Overload Relief Valve (Arm: 24- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left) 38- Bucket Regeneration Cut Valve (Selector Valve)
Rod Side) Tandem Circuit) 39- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: 51- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve
13- Load Check Valve (Arm 1 25- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left) Rod Side) (Poppet Valve)
Tandem Circuit) Parallel Circuit) 40- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: 52- Bucket Regenerative Valve
14- Boost Check Valve (Boom 26- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (B Side) Bottom Side) 53- Pump 1
Regeneration Back Pressure 27- Check Valve (Bucket Flow 41- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 54- Pump 2
Valve) Combiner Circuit) (Selector Valve)

T3-3-3
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Layout of Control Valve

1 2 8 3 4 5

6
51
7
50
13
49
48 9
47
46 10
45

11
44

12

14
43
15
42 16
41 17
18
40
19
39 20
21
52
22
38
23
24
37

25

31 30
36 35 34 33 32 29 28 27 26

TJAA-03-03-048
53 54

T3-3-4
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

B Side

13 11 9, 10 4, 5 6, 7 11 30

14 25 23 26 18, 19 20 24 26 16 17 21
TJAA-03-03-007

e - Boom Lower Pressure Sensor


Connecting Position

1- Check Valve (Arm Make-Up) 15- Load Check Valve (Boom 2 28- Check Valve (Bucket Flow 42- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve
2- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (A Side) Parallel Circuit) Combiner Circuit) (Poppet Valve)
3- Arm Regeneration Cut Valve 16- Check Valve (Boom 2 29- Check Valve (Main Relief 43- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut
4- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Regenerative Circuit) Circuit) Valve
(Selector Valve) 17- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 2: 30- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 44- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 1:
5- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Rod Side) (Selector Valve) Bottom Side)
(Poppet Valve) 18- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve 31- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 45- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve
6- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (Selector Valve) (Poppet Valve) (Selector Valve)
(Selector Valve) 19- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve (Check 32- Check Valve (Auxiliary Flow 46- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve (Check
7- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Valve) Combiner Circuit) Valve)
(Poppet Valve) 20- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary 33- Flow Combiner Valve 47- Boom Overload Relief Valve
8- Arm Regenerative Valve Tandem Circuit) 34- Check Valve (Flow Combiner (Low Pressure) (Boom 1: Rod
9- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve 21- Overload Relief Valve Circuit) Side)
(Check Valve) (Auxiliary) 35- Check Valve (Main Relief 48- Boom Overload Relief Control
10- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve 22- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary Circuit) Valve
(Selector Valve) Parallel Circuit) 36- Main Relief Valve 49- Load Check Valve (Arm 2
11- Overload Relief Valve (Arm: 23- Overload Relief Valve 37- Load Check Valve (Bucket Tandem Circuit)
Bottom Side) (Auxiliary) Parallel Circuit) 50- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve
12- Overload Relief Valve (Arm: 24- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left) 38- Bucket Regeneration Cut Valve (Selector Valve)
Rod Side) Tandem Circuit) 39- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: 51- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve
13- Load Check Valve (Arm 1 25- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left) Rod Side) (Poppet Valve)
Tandem Circuit) Parallel Circuit) 40- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: 52- Bucket Regenerative Valve
14- Boost Check Valve (Boom 26- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (B Side) Bottom Side) 53- Pump 1
Regeneration Back Pressure 27- Check Valve (Bucket Flow 41- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 54- Pump 2
Valve) Combiner Circuit) (Selector Valve)

T3-3-5
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Layout of Control Valve

1 2 8 3 4 5

6
51
7
50
13
49
48 9
47
46 10
45

11
44

12

14
43
15
42 16
41 17
18
40
19
39 20
21
52
22
38
23
24
37

25

31 30
36 35 34 33 32 29 28 27 26

TJAA-03-03-048
53 54

T3-3-6
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

A B Section A-A

C
C
D
D
E
E
F

F
G 52
G
H
H

33 36
A B
TJAA-03-03-008 TJAA-03-03-041

1- Check Valve (Arm Make-Up) 15- Load Check Valve (Boom 2 28- Check Valve (Bucket Flow 42- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve
2- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (A Side) Parallel Circuit) Combiner Circuit) (Poppet Valve)
3- Arm Regeneration Cut Valve 16- Check Valve (Boom 2 29- Check Valve (Main Relief 43- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut
4- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Regenerative Circuit) Circuit) Valve
(Selector Valve) 17- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 2: 30- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 44- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 1:
5- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Rod Side) (Selector Valve) Bottom Side)
(Poppet Valve) 18- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve 31- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 45- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve
6- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (Selector Valve) (Poppet Valve) (Selector Valve)
(Selector Valve) 19- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve (Check 32- Check Valve (Auxiliary Flow 46- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve (Check
7- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Valve) Combiner Circuit) Valve)
(Poppet Valve) 20- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary 33- Flow Combiner Valve 47- Boom Overload Relief Valve
8- Arm Regenerative Valve Tandem Circuit) 34- Check Valve (Flow Combiner (Low Pressure) (Boom 1: Rod
9- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve 21- Overload Relief Valve Circuit) Side)
(Check Valve) (Auxiliary) 35- Check Valve (Main Relief 48- Boom Overload Relief Control
10- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve 22- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary Circuit) Valve
(Selector Valve) Parallel Circuit) 36- Main Relief Valve 49- Load Check Valve (Arm 2
11- Overload Relief Valve (Arm: 23- Overload Relief Valve 37- Load Check Valve (Bucket Tandem Circuit)
Bottom Side) (Auxiliary) Parallel Circuit) 50- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve
12- Overload Relief Valve (Arm: 24- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left) 38- Bucket Regeneration Cut Valve (Selector Valve)
Rod Side) Tandem Circuit) 39- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: 51- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve
13- Load Check Valve (Arm 1 25- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left) Rod Side) (Poppet Valve)
Tandem Circuit) Parallel Circuit) 40- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: 52- Bucket Regenerative Valve
14- Boost Check Valve (Boom 26- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (B Side) Bottom Side) 53- Pump 1
Regeneration Back Pressure 27- Check Valve (Bucket Flow 41- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 54- Pump 2
Valve) Combiner Circuit) (Selector Valve)

T3-3-7
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Layout of Control Valve

1 2 8 3 4 5

6
51
7
50
13
49
48 9
47
46 10
45

11
44

12

14
43
15
42 16
41 17
18
40
19
39 20
21
52
22
38
23
24
37

25

31 30
36 35 34 33 32 29 28 27 26

TJAA-03-03-048
53 54

T3-3-8
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Section B-B Section C-C

i
1 13 11

2 5

TJAA-03-03-010 TJAA-03-03-011

i - Swing

1- Check Valve (Arm Make-Up) 15- Load Check Valve (Boom 2 28- Check Valve (Bucket Flow 42- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve
2- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (A Side) Parallel Circuit) Combiner Circuit) (Poppet Valve)
3- Arm Regeneration Cut Valve 16- Check Valve (Boom 2 29- Check Valve (Main Relief 43- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut
4- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Regenerative Circuit) Circuit) Valve
(Selector Valve) 17- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 2: 30- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 44- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 1:
5- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Rod Side) (Selector Valve) Bottom Side)
(Poppet Valve) 18- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve 31- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 45- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve
6- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (Selector Valve) (Poppet Valve) (Selector Valve)
(Selector Valve) 19- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve (Check 32- Check Valve (Auxiliary Flow 46- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve (Check
7- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Valve) Combiner Circuit) Valve)
(Poppet Valve) 20- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary 33- Flow Combiner Valve 47- Boom Overload Relief Valve
8- Arm Regenerative Valve Tandem Circuit) 34- Check Valve (Flow Combiner (Low Pressure) (Boom 1: Rod
9- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve 21- Overload Relief Valve Circuit) Side)
(Check Valve) (Auxiliary) 35- Check Valve (Main Relief 48- Boom Overload Relief Control
10- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve 22- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary Circuit) Valve
(Selector Valve) Parallel Circuit) 36- Main Relief Valve 49- Load Check Valve (Arm 2
11- Overload Relief Valve (Arm: 23- Overload Relief Valve 37- Load Check Valve (Bucket Tandem Circuit)
Bottom Side) (Auxiliary) Parallel Circuit) 50- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve
12- Overload Relief Valve (Arm: 24- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left) 38- Bucket Regeneration Cut Valve (Selector Valve)
Rod Side) Tandem Circuit) 39- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: 51- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve
13- Load Check Valve (Arm 1 25- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left) Rod Side) (Poppet Valve)
Tandem Circuit) Parallel Circuit) 40- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: 52- Bucket Regenerative Valve
14- Boost Check Valve (Boom 26- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (B Side) Bottom Side) 53- Pump 1
Regeneration Back Pressure 27- Check Valve (Bucket Flow 41- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 54- Pump 2
Valve) Combiner Circuit) (Selector Valve)

T3-3-9
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Layout of Control Valve

1 2 8 3 4 5

6
51
7
50
13
49
48 9
47
46 10
45

11
44

12

14
43
15
42 16
41 17
18
40
19
39 20
21
52
22
38
23
24
37

25

31 30
36 35 34 33 32 29 28 27 26

TJAA-03-03-048
53 54

T3-3-10
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Section D-D Section E-E

j 3 k 9 10 45 46 l 14 m 18

44

19

50 15

51

49 31 11 7 6 43 42 47 16 17
TJAA-03-03-042 TJAA-03-03-013

j - Arm 2 k - Arm 1 l - Boom 1 m - Boom 2

1- Check Valve (Arm Make-Up) 15- Load Check Valve (Boom 2 28- Check Valve (Bucket Flow 42- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve
2- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (A Side) Parallel Circuit) Combiner Circuit) (Poppet Valve)
3- Arm Regeneration Cut Valve 16- Check Valve (Boom 2 29- Check Valve (Main Relief 43- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut
4- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Regenerative Circuit) Circuit) Valve
(Selector Valve) 17- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 2: 30- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 44- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 1:
5- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Rod Side) (Selector Valve) Bottom Side)
(Poppet Valve) 18- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve 31- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 45- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve
6- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (Selector Valve) (Poppet Valve) (Selector Valve)
(Selector Valve) 19- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve (Check 32- Check Valve (Auxiliary Flow 46- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve (Check
7- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Valve) Combiner Circuit) Valve)
(Poppet Valve) 20- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary 33- Flow Combiner Valve 47- Boom Overload Relief Valve
8- Arm Regenerative Valve Tandem Circuit) 34- Check Valve (Flow Combiner (Low Pressure) (Boom 1: Rod
9- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve 21- Overload Relief Valve Circuit) Side)
(Check Valve) (Auxiliary) 35- Check Valve (Main Relief 48- Boom Overload Relief Control
10- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve 22- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary Circuit) Valve
(Selector Valve) Parallel Circuit) 36- Main Relief Valve 49- Load Check Valve (Arm 2
11- Overload Relief Valve (Arm: 23- Overload Relief Valve 37- Load Check Valve (Bucket Tandem Circuit)
Bottom Side) (Auxiliary) Parallel Circuit) 50- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve
12- Overload Relief Valve (Arm: 24- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left) 38- Bucket Regeneration Cut Valve (Selector Valve)
Rod Side) Tandem Circuit) 39- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: 51- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve
13- Load Check Valve (Arm 1 25- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left) Rod Side) (Poppet Valve)
Tandem Circuit) Parallel Circuit) 40- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: 52- Bucket Regenerative Valve
14- Boost Check Valve (Boom 26- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (B Side) Bottom Side) 53- Pump 1
Regeneration Back Pressure 27- Check Valve (Bucket Flow 41- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 54- Pump 2
Valve) Combiner Circuit) (Selector Valve)

T3-3-11
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Layout of Control Valve

1 2 8 3 4 5

6
51
7
50
13
49
48 9
47
46 10
45

11
44

12

14
43
15
42 16
41 17
18
40
19
39 20
21
52
22
38
23
24
37

25

31 30
36 35 34 33 32 29 28 27 26

TJAA-03-03-048
53 54

T3-3-12
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Section F-F Section G-G

n 38 o 23 p 25 q

39

37 24

52

40 21 20
TJAA-03-03-014 TJAA-03-03-015

n - Bucket o - Auxiliary p - Travel (Right) q - Travel (Left)

1- Check Valve (Arm Make-Up) 15- Load Check Valve (Boom 2 28- Check Valve (Bucket Flow 42- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve
2- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (A Side) Parallel Circuit) Combiner Circuit) (Poppet Valve)
3- Arm Regeneration Cut Valve 16- Check Valve (Boom 2 29- Check Valve (Main Relief 43- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut
4- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Regenerative Circuit) Circuit) Valve
(Selector Valve) 17- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 2: 30- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 44- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 1:
5- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Rod Side) (Selector Valve) Bottom Side)
(Poppet Valve) 18- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve 31- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 45- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve
6- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (Selector Valve) (Poppet Valve) (Selector Valve)
(Selector Valve) 19- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve (Check 32- Check Valve (Auxiliary Flow 46- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve (Check
7- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Valve) Combiner Circuit) Valve)
(Poppet Valve) 20- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary 33- Flow Combiner Valve 47- Boom Overload Relief Valve
8- Arm Regenerative Valve Tandem Circuit) 34- Check Valve (Flow Combiner (Low Pressure) (Boom 1: Rod
9- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve 21- Overload Relief Valve Circuit) Side)
(Check Valve) (Auxiliary) 35- Check Valve (Main Relief 48- Boom Overload Relief Control
10- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve 22- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary Circuit) Valve
(Selector Valve) Parallel Circuit) 36- Main Relief Valve 49- Load Check Valve (Arm 2
11- Overload Relief Valve (Arm: 23- Overload Relief Valve 37- Load Check Valve (Bucket Tandem Circuit)
Bottom Side) (Auxiliary) Parallel Circuit) 50- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve
12- Overload Relief Valve (Arm: 24- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left) 38- Bucket Regeneration Cut Valve (Selector Valve)
Rod Side) Tandem Circuit) 39- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: 51- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve
13- Load Check Valve (Arm 1 25- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left) Rod Side) (Poppet Valve)
Tandem Circuit) Parallel Circuit) 40- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: 52- Bucket Regenerative Valve
14- Boost Check Valve (Boom 26- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (B Side) Bottom Side) 53- Pump 1
Regeneration Back Pressure 27- Check Valve (Bucket Flow 41- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 54- Pump 2
Valve) Combiner Circuit) (Selector Valve)

T3-3-13
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Layout of Control Valve

1 2 8 3 4 5

6
51
7
50
13
49
48 9
47
46 10
45

11
44

12

14
43
15
42 16
41 17
18
40
19
39 20
21
52
22
38
23
24
37

25

31 30
36 35 34 33 32 29 28 27 26

TJAA-03-03-048
53 54

T3-3-14
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Section H-H

35

34 33 26
TJAA-03-03-016

1- Check Valve (Arm Make-Up) 15- Load Check Valve (Boom 2 28- Check Valve (Bucket Flow 42- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve
2- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (A Side) Parallel Circuit) Combiner Circuit) (Poppet Valve)
3- Arm Regeneration Cut Valve 16- Check Valve (Boom 2 29- Check Valve (Main Relief 43- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut
4- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Regenerative Circuit) Circuit) Valve
(Selector Valve) 17- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 2: 30- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 44- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 1:
5- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Rod Side) (Selector Valve) Bottom Side)
(Poppet Valve) 18- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve 31- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 45- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve
6- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (Selector Valve) (Poppet Valve) (Selector Valve)
(Selector Valve) 19- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve (Check 32- Check Valve (Auxiliary Flow 46- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve (Check
7- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Valve) Combiner Circuit) Valve)
(Poppet Valve) 20- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary 33- Flow Combiner Valve 47- Boom Overload Relief Valve
8- Arm Regenerative Valve Tandem Circuit) 34- Check Valve (Flow Combiner (Low Pressure) (Boom 1: Rod
9- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve 21- Overload Relief Valve Circuit) Side)
(Check Valve) (Auxiliary) 35- Check Valve (Main Relief 48- Boom Overload Relief Control
10- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve 22- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary Circuit) Valve
(Selector Valve) Parallel Circuit) 36- Main Relief Valve 49- Load Check Valve (Arm 2
11- Overload Relief Valve (Arm: 23- Overload Relief Valve 37- Load Check Valve (Bucket Tandem Circuit)
Bottom Side) (Auxiliary) Parallel Circuit) 50- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve
12- Overload Relief Valve (Arm: 24- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left) 38- Bucket Regeneration Cut Valve (Selector Valve)
Rod Side) Tandem Circuit) 39- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: 51- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve
13- Load Check Valve (Arm 1 25- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left) Rod Side) (Poppet Valve)
Tandem Circuit) Parallel Circuit) 40- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: 52- Bucket Regenerative Valve
14- Boost Check Valve (Boom 26- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (B Side) Bottom Side) 53- Pump 1
Regeneration Back Pressure 27- Check Valve (Bucket Flow 41- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 54- Pump 2
Valve) Combiner Circuit) (Selector Valve)

T3-3-15
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Layout of Control Valve

1 2 8 3 4 5

6
51
7
50
13
49
48 9
47
46 10
45

11
44

12

14
43
15
42 16
41 17
18
40
19
39 20
21
52
22
38
23
24
37

25

31 30
36 35 34 33 32 29 28 27 26

TJAA-03-03-048
53 54

T3-3-16
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Section I-I

29

TJAA-03-03-017 T450-03-03-008

1- Check Valve (Arm Make-Up) 15- Load Check Valve (Boom 2 28- Check Valve (Bucket Flow 42- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve
2- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (A Side) Parallel Circuit) Combiner Circuit) (Poppet Valve)
3- Arm Regeneration Cut Valve 16- Check Valve (Boom 2 29- Check Valve (Main Relief 43- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut
4- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Regenerative Circuit) Circuit) Valve
(Selector Valve) 17- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 2: 30- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 44- Overload Relief Valve (Boom 1:
5- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve Rod Side) (Selector Valve) Bottom Side)
(Poppet Valve) 18- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve 31- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 45- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve
6- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (Selector Valve) (Poppet Valve) (Selector Valve)
(Selector Valve) 19- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve (Check 32- Check Valve (Auxiliary Flow 46- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve (Check
7- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Valve) Combiner Circuit) Valve)
(Poppet Valve) 20- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary 33- Flow Combiner Valve 47- Boom Overload Relief Valve
8- Arm Regenerative Valve Tandem Circuit) 34- Check Valve (Flow Combiner (Low Pressure) (Boom 1: Rod
9- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve 21- Overload Relief Valve Circuit) Side)
(Check Valve) (Auxiliary) 35- Check Valve (Main Relief 48- Boom Overload Relief Control
10- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve 22- Load Check Valve (Auxiliary Circuit) Valve
(Selector Valve) Parallel Circuit) 36- Main Relief Valve 49- Load Check Valve (Arm 2
11- Overload Relief Valve (Arm: 23- Overload Relief Valve 37- Load Check Valve (Bucket Tandem Circuit)
Bottom Side) (Auxiliary) Parallel Circuit) 50- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve
12- Overload Relief Valve (Arm: 24- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left) 38- Bucket Regeneration Cut Valve (Selector Valve)
Rod Side) Tandem Circuit) 39- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: 51- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve
13- Load Check Valve (Arm 1 25- Load Check Valve (Travel (Left) Rod Side) (Poppet Valve)
Tandem Circuit) Parallel Circuit) 40- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: 52- Bucket Regenerative Valve
14- Boost Check Valve (Boom 26- Bypass Shut-Out Valve (B Side) Bottom Side) 53- Pump 1
Regeneration Back Pressure 27- Check Valve (Bucket Flow 41- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 54- Pump 2
Valve) Combiner Circuit) (Selector Valve)

T3-3-17
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Hydraulic Circuit
Main Circuit
Pressure oil from pump 1 flows to each spool of travel
(right), bucket, boom 1, and arm 2 at the 4-spool side
of control valve. Pressure oil from pump 2 flows to each
spool of swing, arm 1, boom 2, auxiliary, and travel
(left) at the 5-spool side of control valve.

The parallel circuit is provided in each main circuit


of pump 1 and pump 2, and makes the combined
operation possible.
In addition, the flow combiner circuit is provided in
both boom and arm circuits so that pressure oil from
pump 1 and pump 2 are combined during a single
operation.

The main relief valve (15) is provided in the main circuit


(between the pump and the actuator). The main relief
valve (15) prevents the pressure in the main circuit from
exceeding the set pressure when the spool is operated
(when the control lever is operated).
The overload relief valves (6,11,19,22,and 29) are
provided in the actuator circuits (between the control
valve and the actuator) of boom, arm, bucket, and
auxiliary. The overload relief valve prevents surge
pressure caused by external force in the actuator circuit
does not exceed the set pressure when the spool is in
neutral (with the control lever set in neutral).

In addition, boom overload relief valve (low pressure)


(22) is provided in the boom lower circuit. Boom
overload relief valve (low pressure) (22) decreases
the relief set pressure in the boom lower circuit and
reduces vibration of the machine during boom lower
operation.

T3-3-18
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

25 3

23 1 2 4

24

28
5
6
7

22
29
21

8
29
10
20 11
9

19
18

17 12

13

16 15 14

26 27 TJAA-03-03-018

1- Flow Combiner Circuit (Arm) 10- Auxiliary Spool 19- Overload Relief Valve 27- Pump 2
2- Parallel Circuit (Pump 2) 11- Overload Relief Valve 20- Bucket Cylinder 28- Boom Overload Relief Control
3- Swing Motor 12- Travel Motor (Left) 21- Boom 1 Spool Valve
4- Swing Spool 13- Travel (Left) Spool 22- Boom Overload Relief Valve 29- Overload Relief Valve
5- Arm 1 Spool 14- Parallel Circuit (Pump 1) (Low Pressure)
6- Overload Relief Valve 15- Main Relief Valve 23- Flow Combiner Circuit (Boom)
7- Arm Cylinder 16- Travel (Right) Spool 24- Arm 2 Spool
8- Boom 2 Spool 17- Travel Motor (Right) 25- Boom Cylinder
9- Attachment 18- Bucket Spool 26- Pump 1

T3-3-19
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Pilot Operation Control Circuit


Pressure oil (indicated with numbers) from the pilot
valve acts on the spool in the control valve in order to
move the spool.
In the following operations, pressure oil moves the
spool and is routed to the following selector valves.
 During boom lower (2) operation, pressure oil moves
the boom 1 spool and the divided pressure oil shifts
bypass shut-out valve (c) through boom lower
meter-in cut valve (b).

In addition, air bleed circuit (a) is located in the upper


of control valve and bleeds air automatically.

T3-3-20
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Pilot Operation Control Circuit

a c a

3 4 6 5

4 3

1
2
1
2
b

14 13
8 7

10 9
11 12

TJAA-03-03-019

a - Air Bleed Circuit b - Boom Lower Meter-In Cut c - Bypass Shut-Out Valve
Valve

1- Boom Raise 5- Left Swing 9- Travel (Left Forward) 13- Auxiliary


2- Boom Lower 6- Right Swing 10- Travel (Left Reverse) 14- Auxiliary
3- Arm Roll-Out 7- Bucket Roll-In 11- Travel (Right Forward)
4- Arm Roll-In 8- Bucket Roll-Out 12- Travel (Right Reverse)

T3-3-21
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

External Pilot Pressure Circuit


 Pressure in main relief valve (8) is increased by pilot
pressure from 4-spool solenoid valve unit (SI).
 Arm 2 flow rate control valve (13) is shifted by pilot
pressure from 4-spool solenoid valve unit (SG).
 Bypass shut-out valve (6) is shifted by pilot pressure
from 4-spool solenoid valve unit (SF).
 Swing flow rate control valve (1) is shifted by pilot
pressure from 2-spool solenoid valve unit (SI).
 Boom overload relief control valve (12) is shifted by
pilot pressure from 2-spool solenoid valve unit (SC).
 Flow combiner valve (7) is shifted by pilot pressure
from the flow combiner valve control spool in the
signal control valve.
 As arm 1 spool (3) is shifted during arm roll-in
operation, pressure oil from the pilot pump is routed
to arm anti-drift valve (4) and releases the lock of
arm anti-drift valve (4).
 As arm 1 spool (3) and boom 1 spool (9) are shifted
during combined operation of arm roll-in and boom
lower, pressure oil from the pilot pump is routed to
arm anti-drift valve (4), boom 1 anti-drift valve (10),
and boom 2 anti-drift valve (5), and releases the lock
of arm anti-drift valve (4), boom 1 anti-drift valve
(10), and boom 2 anti-drift valve (5).

T3-3-22
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

External Pilot Pressure Circuit

13
a
12

11 h
b
g
10 2
c

9 3

d
f

8 7 6

TJAA-03-03-020

a - Pilot Pressure from 2-Spool c - Pilot Pressure from Pilot Pump e - Pilot Pressure from Flow g - Pilot Pressure from 2-Spool
Solenoid Valve Unit (SI) d - Pilot Pressure from 4-Spool Combiner Valve Control Spool Solenoid Valve Unit (SC)
b - Pilot Pressure from Arm Flow Solenoid Valve Unit (SF) in Signal Control Valve h - Pilot Pressure from 4-Spool
Rate Control Valve Control f - Pilot Pressure from 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit (SG)
Spool in Signal Control Valve Solenoid Valve Unit (SI)

1- Swing Flow Rate Control Valve 6- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 11- Overload Relief Valve (Low
2- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve 7- Flow Combiner Valve Pressure) (Boom: Rod Side)
3- Arm 1 Spool 8- Main Relief Valve 12- Boom Overload Relief Control
4- Arm Rod Anti-Drift Valve 9- Boom 1 Spool Valve
5- Boom 2 Anti-Drift Valve 10- Boom 1 Anti-Drift Valve 13- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve

T3-3-23
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Flow Combiner Valve

fNOTE: The operation during combined operation of


travel and boom raise is explained here. b

1. During combined operation boom raise and travel,


pilot pressure shifts travel (right) spool (5), travel
(left) spool (4), boom 1 spool (7), and boom 2 spool 1
(11).
2. At the same time, the travel (right) pilot pressure a
shifts the flow combiner valve control spool in the
signal control valve.
c
3. Pressure oil from the pilot pump flows to the flow
combiner valve through the flow combiner valve
control spool and is routed to spool (1).
d
4. When pilot pressure (b) from the flow combiner
valve control spool increases beyond the spring (2)
force, spool (1) compresses spring (2) and moves
downward.
5. Pressure oil from pump 1 (10) flows to travel (left)
spool (4) through travel (right) spool (5) and spool
(1).
6. Pressure oil from pump 2 (9) flows to boom cylinder 2
(8) through boom 2 spool (11) and moves the boom
at this time.
7. Consequently, pressure oil from pump 1 (10) is T450-03-03-035
equally supplied to both left and right travel motors a - Pressure Oil from Pump 1 (10) c - To Travel (Left) Spool (4)
and the machine can travel straight. b - Pilot Pressure from Flow d - To Hydraulic Oil Tank
Combiner Valve Control
Spool

1- Spool (Flow Combiner Valve) 2- Spring

T3-3-24
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

11

5 1 b 2 4

TJAA-03-03-036
10 9

b - Pilot Pressure from Flow


Combiner Valve Control Spool

1- Spool (Flow Combiner Valve) 4- Travel (Left) Spool 7- Boom 1 Spool 10- Pump 1
2- Spring 5- Travel (Right) Spool 8- Boom Cylinder 11- Boom 2 Spool
3- Travel Motor (Left) 6- Travel Motor (Right) 9- Pump 2

T3-3-25
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Main Relief Valve


The main relief valve prevents the pressure in the main
circuit from exceeding the set pressure when the actuator
such as the motor or the cylinder is operated.
Therefore, oil leak from hose and pipe joints and breakage
of the actuator are prevented.

Relief Operation
1. Pressure in port HP (main circuit) is routed to pilot
poppet (8) through orifice A (2) in main poppet (1)
and orifice B (3) in seat (4).
2. When pressure in port HP reaches the set pressure
of spring B (6), pilot poppet (8) is opened, pressure
oil from passage A (5) flows to port LP (hydraulic oil
tank).
3. At this time, a pressure difference is caused between
port HP and spring chamber (10) due to orifice A (2).
4. When this pressure difference reaches the set
pressure of spring A (9), main poppet (1) is opened
and pressure oil from port HP flows to port LP.
5. Consequently, the main circuit pressure decreases.
6. When the main circuit pressure decreases to the
specified level, main poppet (1) is closed by the
force of spring A (9).

T3-3-26
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

During Normal Operation:

1 11 3 4 8 6 7

HP

10 LP 9 5
TJAA-03-03-002

During Relief Operation:

2 11 1 3 4 8 6 7

HP

LP
10 9 5 T450-03-03-031

HP - Main Circuit LP - Hydraulic Oil Tank

1- Main Poppet 4- Seat 7- Piston 10- Spring Chamber


2- Orifice A 5- Passage A 8- Pilot Poppet 11- Sleeve
3- Orifice B 6- Spring B 9- Spring A

T3-3-27
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Pressure Increasing Operation


1. When pilot pressure from 4-spool solenoid
valve unit (SI) is routed to port PF, spring B (6) is
compressed by piston (7).
2. Therefore, force of spring B (6) becomes strong.
3. Consequently, as pressure required in order to open
pilot poppet (8) is increased, the relief set pressure
is increased.

T3-3-28
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

During Pressure Increasing Operation:

8 6 7

HP

LP PF
TJAA-03-03-003

HP - Main Circuit PF - Pilot Pressure from 4-Spool


LP - Hydraulic Oil Tank Solenoid Valve Unit (SI)

6 - Spring B 7 - Piston 8 - Pilot Poppet

T3-3-29
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Overload Relief Valve (with Make-Up


Function)
The overload relief valve is located in the boom, arm,
bucket, and auxiliary circuits. The overload relief valve
prevents each actuator circuit pressure from rising
excessively when the actuators are moved by external
force.
In addition, when the actuator circuit pressure decreases,
the overload relief valve draws hydraulic oil from the
hydraulic oil tank and prevents the occurrence of
cavitation (make-up function).

Relief Operation
1. Pressure in port HP (actuator circuit) is routed to
pilot poppet (8) through orifice (1) of piston (10).
2. When pressure in port HP reaches the set pressure
of spring B (6), pilot poppet (8) is opened, pressure
oil from passage A (5) flows along the external
circumference of main poppet (2), and flows to port
LP (hydraulic oil tank).
3. At this time, a pressure difference occurs between
port HP and spring chamber (9) due to orifice (1).
4. When this pressure difference reaches the set
pressure of spring A (4), piston (10) and main
poppet (2) are opened and pressure oil from port
HP flows to port LP.
5. Consequently, the actuator circuit pressure
decreases.
6. When the actuator circuit pressure decreases to the
specified level, piston (10) and main poppet (2) are
closed by the force of spring A (4).

T3-3-30
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

During Normal Operation:

1 2 3 7 5 8 6

HP

LP
TJAA-03-03-004
10 4 9

During Relief Operation:


1 2 3 7 5 8 6

HP

LP T450-03-03-033
10 4 9

HP - Actuator Circuit LP - Hydraulic Oil Tank

1- Orifice 4- Spring A 7- Spring C 10- Piston


2- Main Poppet 5- Passage A 8- Pilot Poppet
3- Sleeve 6- Spring B 9- Spring Chamber

T3-3-31
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Make-Up Operation
1. When pressure in port HP (actuator circuit)
decreases lower than pressure in port LP (hydraulic
oil tank), main poppet (2) is moved to the right.
2. Hydraulic oil in port LP flows to port HP and
cavitation is prevented.
3. When pressure in port HP increases to the specified
pressure, main poppet (2) is closed by the force of
spring C (7).

T3-3-32
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

During Make-Up Operation:

2 7

HP

LP

T450-03-03-034

HP - Actuator Circuit LP - Hydraulic Oil Tank

2 - Main Poppet 7 - Spring C

T3-3-33
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Pressure Increasing Operation (Only auxiliary


overload relief valve)
1. When pilot pressure from auxiliary control solenoid
valve unit (SB) is routed to piston (11), spring B (6) is
compressed.
2. Therefore, force of spring B (6) becomes strong.
3. Consequently, as pressure required in order to open
pilot poppet (8) is increased, the relief set pressure
is increased.

T3-3-34
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

During Pressure Increasing Operation:

8 6 11

HP a

LP

TJAA-03-03-049

HP - Actuator Circuit a- Pilot Pressure from Auxiliary


LP - Hydraulic Oil Tank Control Solenoid Valve Unit
(SB)

6- Spring B 8- Pilot Poppet 11- Piston

T3-3-35
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Boom Overload Relief Valve (Low Pressure)


The boom overload relief valve (low pressure) is provided
in the boom lower circuit. The boom overload relief valve
(low pressure) is shifted by pilot pressure from 2-spool
solenoid valve unit (SC) and relieves the boom cylinder
rod side circuit with low pressure.
Therefore, vibration of the machine is reduced during
boom lower operation.

fNOTE: Two overload relief valves are provided in the


boom lower circuit.The relief pressure of overload relief
valve (low pressure) is set lower than that of other
overload relief valve.

Operation
1. In normal, pressure oil in port HP flows to chamber c
through piston (6) and is routed to main poppet (5).
Therefore, main poppet (5) is kept closed.
2. When pilot pressure from 2-spool solenoid valve
unit (SC) is routed to piston (1), piston (1) opens
poppet (2). When poppet (2) opens, chambers a,
b are connected to port LP through the external
circumference of sleeve (7).
3. When pressure in chamber c reaches the set
pressure of spring (3), pilot poppet (4) opens. When
pilot poppet (4) opens, pressure in chamber c
decreases.
4. Therefore, piston (6) and main poppet (5) move to
the left. As main poppet (5) opens, pressure oil flows
to port LP from port HP.
5. Consequently, as the set pressure at cylinder rod
side decreases, vibration of the machine during
boom lower operation is reduced.

T3-3-36
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

During Normal Operation:

5 6

HP

TJAA-03-03-047
During Relief Operation:
1 2 a 3 4 5 6

SC HP

LP

7 b c
T1J1-03-03-006

1 2 a 3 4 5 6

SC HP

LP
b
T1J1-03-03-007

HP - Actuator Circuit SC - Pilot Pressure from 2-Spool


LP - Hydraulic Oil Tank Solenoid Valve Unit (SC)

a - Chamber a b - Chamber b c - Chamber c

1- Piston 3- Spring 5- Main Poppet 7- Sleeve


2- Poppet 4- Pilot Poppet 6- Piston

T3-3-37
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Regenerative Valve
The regenerative valves are provided in the arm roll-
in and bucket roll-in circuits. The regenerative valves
increase cylinder speeds in order to prevent cylinder
hesitation, and improve machine controllability.

Bucket Regenerative Valve, Arm Regenerative Valve


The bucket regenerative valve and arm regenerative
valve supply returning oil from the cylinder rod side
to the bottom side, prevent cylinder hesitation, and
increase bucket roll-in and arm roll-in operating speed
during bucket roll-in and arm roll-in operation.
f NOTE: The bucket regenerative valve is explained here.

Operation (during Bucket Regenerative Operation)


1. Returning oil from the bucket cylinder (1) rod side is 1
routed to check valve (2) through hole (4) of bucket
spool (3) during bucket roll-in operation.
2
2. At this time, when pressure in the cylinder (1)
bottom side is lower than the rod side, check valve
(2) is opened.
3. Consequently, returning oil from the cylinder (1) rod
side flows to the bottom side and is combined with
pressure oil from pump 1. The combined pressure
oil is delivered to the cylinder (1) bottom side so
that regenerative operation is done.
3 a
This prevents cylinder hesitation and increases
T450-03-03-043
bucket roll-in operating speed during bucket roll-in
operation. a - Pressure Oil from Pump 1

1- Bucket Cylinder 3- Bucket Spool


2- Check Valve

T3-3-38
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

During Bucket Regenerative Operation:

T450-03-03-044

1- Bucket Cylinder 2- Check Valve 3- Bucket Spool 4- Hole

T3-3-39
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Operation (during Bucket Regenerative Cut


Operation)
1. Pressure oil from pump 1 is routed to piston (7) of 3
the bucket regeneration cut valve. When cylinder
(3) is fully stroked or digging loads increase during
bucket roll-in operation, pressure in the cylinder (3) 4
bottom side is higher.
2. Piston (7) compresses spring (2) and moves upward
(to the left in the circuit diagram).
3. Therefore, pressure in the cylinder (3) bottom side 5
is higher than the rod side. As check valve (4) of
the bucket regenerative valve is kept closed and 2
pressure oil from the cylinder (3) rod side does not
a
flow to the bottom side, regenerative operation is
1 T450-03-03-039
not done.
4. Pressure oil from the cylinder (3) rod side flows to a - Pressure Oil from Pump 1 b - To Hydraulic Oil Tank
the hydraulic oil tank through bucket spool (5) and
1- Bucket Regeneration Cut 5- Bucket Spool
the external circumference of plunger (6). Valve 6- Plunger (Bucket Regeneration
5. Therefore, pressure in the cylinder (3) rod side 2- Spring Cut Valve)
3- Cylinder 7- Piston (Bucket Regeneration
decreases and digging force is improved. 4- Check Valve Cut Valve)

T3-3-40
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

During Bucket Regeneration Cut Operation:

1
4

3
2

b
c
7

d
4

T450-03-03-045

a - Pressure Oil from Pump 1 c - Returning Oil from Cylinder d - Pressure Oil to Cylinder
b - To Hydraulic Oil Tank Rod Side Bottom Side

1 - Bucket Regeneration Cut Valve 4 - Check Valve 6 - Plunger (Bucket Regeneration 7 - Piston (Bucket Regeneration
2 - Spring 5 - Bucket Spool Cut Valve) Cut Valve)

T3-3-41
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Anti-Drift Valve
The anti-drift valve is provided in the circuits of the boom
cylinder bottom side and arm cylinder rod side, and
reduces the cylinder drift.

fNOTE: The arm 1 anti-drift valve is explained here.

Holding Operation
1. As pressure oil from the pilot valve is blocked by
arm 1 spool (4) with the control lever set in neutral
(the spool in neutral), the selector valve in anti-drift
valve is not shifted. 4 1

2. Therefore, pressure oil from the arm cylinder (1) rod


side flows to the spring (5) chamber and spring (6)
chamber in selector valve (3) through orifice (7) in
check valve (2).
3. Consequently, as check valve (2) is pushed and
the return circuit from cylinder (1) is blocked, the
cylinder (1) drift is reduced.
2 3 TJAA-03-03-037

1- Arm Cylinder 3- Anti-Drift Valve (Selector


2- Anti-Drift Valve (Check Valve) Valve)
4- Arm 1 Spool

T3-3-42
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

3 6

4
TJAA-03-03-021

d - Returning Oil from Arm


Cylinder (1)

2 - Anti-Drift Valve (Check Valve) 4 - Arm 1 Spool 6 - Spring


3 - Anti-Drift Valve (Selector Valve) 5 - Spring 7 - Orifice

T3-3-43
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Releasing Operation
1. Pressure oil from the pilot pump pushes piston (8) a 4
of the anti-drift valve and shifts selector valve (3)
during arm roll-in operation.
1
2. Pressure oil in the spring (5) chamber of check valve
c
(2) is returned to the hydraulic oil tank through the
passage of selector valve (3).
3. When pressure in the spring (5) chamber decreases b
and its pressure and the spring (5) force are lower
than pressure in the cylinder (1) rod side, check 2 3 TJAA-03-03-038
valve (2) moves upward (to the right in the circuit
diagram). a - Pressure Oil from Pump 2 c - Pressure Oil from Pilot Pump
4. Consequently, returning oil from the arm cylinder b - To Hydraulic Oil Tank
rod side flows to the hydraulic oil tank.
1- Arm Cylinder 3- Anti-Drift Valve (Selector
In addition, orifice (7) of check valve (2) decreases 2- Anti-Drift Valve (Check Valve) Valve)
pressure in the spring (5) chamber slowly so that 4- Arm 1 Spool
check valve (2) is prevented from moving quickly
and shock during arm roll-in operation is reduced.

T3-3-44
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

8 3 6

c d

4
b
TJAA-03-03-022

b - To Hydraulic Oil Tank d - Returning Oil from Arm


c - Pressure Oil from Pilot Pump Cylinder (1)

2 - Anti-Drift Valve (Check Valve) 4 - Arm 1 Spool 6 - Spring 8 - Piston


3 - Anti-Drift Valve (Selector Valve) 5 - Spring 7 - Orifice

T3-3-45
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Flow Rate Control Valve


The flow rate control valve is provided in the arm 1, arm
2, boom 1, and swing circuits, restricts oil flow rate in the
circuit during combined operation, and gives priority to
other actuators.

Each flow rate control valve is operated during combined


operation as shown below.
Flow Rate
Control Combined Operation
Valve
Arm 1 Swing, Arm Roll-In
Boom Raise, Arm Roll-In
Arm 2
Boom Raise, Arm Roll-Out
Boom Lower with Front Attachment above
Boom 1
Ground (High Pressure at Bottom Side)
Swing, Boom Raise
Swing
Swing, Arm Roll-Out

Arm 1, Boom 1, Swing

fNOTE: The arm 1 flow rate control valve is explained


here. 2

3 a
Flow Rate Control OFF
4 1
1. Pressure oil from pump 2 is routed to check valve (4)
of poppet valve (3).
2. Normally, selector valve (2) is kept open so that
pressure oil from pump 2 opens check valve (4) and c
flows to the arm 1 spool through selector valve (2).
3. When load in the actuator side is high, poppet valve TJAA-03-03-030
(3) is opened and pressure oil from pump 2 flows to
a - Pressure Oil from Pump 2 c - To Hydraulic Oil Tank
the arm 1 spool.
4. Therefore, pressure oil flow rate flowing to the arm 1 1- Arm Cylinder 3- Poppet Valve
spool increases and arm operating speed becomes 2- Selector Valve 4- Check Valve
fast.

T3-3-46
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Flow Rate Control OFF:

A
Section A

2 2

3
4 5

b b

a TJAA-03-03-033

a - Pressure Oil from Pump 2 b - To Arm 1 Spool

2 - Selector Valve 3 - Poppet Valve 4 - Check Valve 5 - Check Valve

T3-3-47
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Flow Rate Control ON


2
1. Selector valve (2) of the arm 1 flow rate control a
valve is shifted by pilot pressure from the arm 1 flow 3 d
rate control valve control spool in the signal control 1
valve.
2. Therefore, back pressure in poppet valve (3)
increases and the force to close poppet valve (3)
appears. c

3. Therefore, the opening clearance of poppet valve TJAA-03-03-040


(3) is reduced so that pressure oil flow rate to the
arm 1 spool is restricted. a - Pressure Oil from Pump 2 d - Pilot Pressure from Signal
c - To Hydraulic Oil Tank Control Valve
4. Consequently, pressure oil from pump 2 flows to the
boom 2 spool first. 1- Arm Cylinder 3- Poppet Valve
2- Selector Valve

T3-3-48
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Flow Rate Control ON:

A
d Section A

2 2

6
3
5

b b

a TJAA-03-03-034

a - Pressure Oil from Pump 2 d - Pilot Pressure from Signal


b - To Arm 1 Spool Control Valve

2 - Selector Valve 4 - Check Valve 6 - Piston


3 - Poppet Valve 5 - Check Valve

T3-3-49
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Arm 2
2
a
Flow Rate Control OFF 3

1. Normally, selector valve (2) is kept open so that 4


pressure oil from pump 1 is routed to poppet valve 1
(3).
2. The back pressure in poppet valve (3) increases by c
the pressure oil from pump 1 so that the force to
close poppet valve (3) appears.
TJAA-03-03-054
3. Therefore, the opening clearance of poppet valve
(3) is reduced so that pressure oil flow rate to the a - Pressure Oil from Pump 1 c - To Hydraulic Oil Tank
arm 2 spool is restricted.
1- Arm Cylinder 3- Poppet Valve
4. Consequently, pressure oil from pump 1 flows to the 2- Selector Valve 4- Check Valve
bucket, boom 1 spools first.

T3-3-50
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Flow Rate Control OFF:

A
Section A

2 2

6
3 5
4

b b

a TJBA-03-03-015

a - Pressure Oil from Pump 1 b - To Arm 2 Spool

2 - Selector Valve 4 - Check Valve 6- Piston


3 - Poppet Valve 5 - Check Valve

T3-3-51
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Flow Rate Control ON


2
1. Selector valve (2) of the arm 2 flow rate control valve a
is shifted by pilot pressure from 4-spool solenoid d
valve unit (SG).
3
1
2. Therefore, the pressure oil from pump 1 is blocked
so that poppet valve (3) is opened and pressure oil
from pump 1 flows to the arm 2 spool.
c
3. Therefore, pressure oil flow rate flowing to the arm 2
spool increases and arm operating speed becomes TJAA-03-03-055
fast.
a - Pressure Oil from Pump 1 d - Pilot Pressure from 4-Spool
c - To Hydraulic Oil Tank Solenoid Valve Unit (SG)

1- Arm Cylinder 3- Poppet Valve


2- Selector Valve

T3-3-52
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Flow Rate Control ON:

A
d Section A

2 2

6
3
5
4

b b

a TJBA-03-03-016

a - Pressure Oil from Pump 1 d - Pilot Pressure from 4-Spool


b - To Arm 2 Spool Solenoid Valve Unit (SG)

2 - Selector Valve 4 - Check Valve 6 - Piston


3 - Poppet Valve 5 - Check Valve

T3-3-53
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Valve


The boom lower meter-in cut valve is provided in the Operation (Jack-Up)
boom lower circuit. 1. As pressure at the boom cylinder (1) bottom side
In case boom lower meter-in cut control is deactivated decreases with the track raised, pressure which is
with the track raised, the boom is given priority to operate routed to spool (4) decreases.
and jack-up force increases.
The boom falls due to own weight by the regenerative 2. When pressure from the boom cylinder (1) bottom
circuit from boom 2 spool (2) and allows pressure oil from side is weaker than the spring (9) force, boom lower
the pump to other actuator. Consequently, operating meter-in cut valve (4) moves to the right due to the
speed of other actuator increases. (Refer to SYSTEM/ spring (9) force (downward in the circuit diagram).
Hydraulic System.) 3. Therefore, pilot pressure from port 4PC 11 (12) is
routed to bypass shut-out valve (14) at 4-spool side
Operation (Boom Lower with Front Attachment through port 4PC12 (13).
above Ground)
4. Therefore, boom lower meter-in cut control is not
1. Pilot pressure is routed to boom 1 spool (6) and operated with the track raised. (Refer to SYSTEM/
boom 2 spool (2) when lowering the boom. Hydraulic System.)
2. The returning oil from the boom cylinder (1) bottom
side is divided into two directions.
3. One is routed to spool (4) through orifice (8). When
pressure from the boom cylinder (1) bottom side
exceeds the spring (9) force, spool (4) compresses
spring (9) and moves to the left (upward in the
circuit diagram).
4. Pressure oil from port 4PC11 (12) flows to selector
valve (3) of the boom flow rate control valve
through spool (4).
5. Therefore, selector valve (3) of the boom flow rate
control valve is shifted and pressure oil which flows
to boom 1 spool (6) from pump 1 (11) is reduced.
(Refer to Flow Rate Control Valve.)
6. Other flows to boom 2 spool (2). Pressure oil is
supplied to the boom cylinder (1) rod side through
the regenerative circuit.
7. Therefore, as boom cylinder (1) falls due to own
weight, the boom is lowered.
8. Consequently, during combined operation of
boom lower and other actuator, more pressure oil
is supplied to other actuator and speed of actuator
increases.

T3-3-54
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

During Boom Lower with Front Attachment above


Ground:

14 b

6
5
4

12
13
8
b

11 10 TJAA-03-03-032

9 d 4 e 7

a b c 8
TJAA-03-03-005

a - To Boom Flow Rate Control c - Pressure Oil from Boom e - To Bypass Shut-Out Valve
Valve (Selector Valve) Cylinder Bottom Side (4-Spool Side)
b - Boom Lower Pilot Pressure d - To Hydraulic Oil Tank

1- Boom Cylinder 4- Spool (Boom Lower Meter-In 7- Piston 12- Port 4PC11
2- Boom 2 Spool Cut Valve) 8- Orifice 13- Port 4PC12
3- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 5- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 9- Spring 14- Bypass Shut-Out Valve
(Selector Valve) (Poppet Valve) 10- Pump 2 (4-Spool Side)
6- Boom 1 Spool 11- Pump 1

T3-3-55
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Bypass Shut-Out Valve


The bypass shut-out valve is provided in the rear of
4-spool and 5-spool side circuits. The bypass shut-out
valve blocks the neutral circuit (return circuit to hydraulic
oil tank) in 4-spool and 5-spool sides so that pressure oil
in pumps 1 and 2 are combined.
Therefore, amount of oil which flows to the cylinder
increases and operating speed of the cylinder increases.

fNOTE: The bypass shut-out valve at 5-spool side is b


2
explained here.

Operation
1. Pilot pressure from 4-spool solenoid valve unit (SI) a
shifts bypass shut-out valve (2) at 5-spool side.
2. Therefore, as the neutral circuit in 5-spool side
is blocked, pressure oil from pump 2 (3) flows to
the 4-spool side, is combined with pressure oil
from pump 1 (4) so that combined pressure oil is
supplied to bucket spool (5).
c T450-03-03-050
3. Consequently, operating speed of the bucket
increases. a - Pilot Pressure from 4-Spool c - To Hydraulic Oil Tank
Solenoid Valve Unit (SI)
b - Pump 2 (3) Neutral Circuit

2 - Bypass Shut-Out Valve


(5-Spool Side)

T3-3-56
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

a
5

TJAA-03-03-029
4 3

a - Pilot Pressure from 4-Spool


Solenoid Valve Unit (SI)

1- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 2- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 3- Pump 2 5- Bucket Spool


(4-Spool Side) (5-Spool Side) 4- Pump 1 6- Bucket Cylinder

T3-3-57
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 4


The auxiliary flow combiner valve is provided in the pump
1 flow combiner circuit. 5
1
Flow Combiner Control OFF
1. Pressure oil from pump 1 is routed to check valve (2)
of poppet valve (3). 2
2. Normally, selector valve (1) is kept open so that 3
pressure oil from pump 1 opens check valve (2) and
flows to poppet valve (3) through selector valve (1). c a

3. The back pressure in poppet valve (3) increases by TJAA-03-03-053


the pressure oil from selector valve (1) so that the
force to close poppet valve (3) appears.
a- Pressure Oil from Pump 1
4. Therefore, the opening clearance of poppet valve c- Pressure Oil from Pump 2
(3) is reduced so that pressure oil flow rate to
auxiliary spool (5) is restricted. 1- Selector Valve 4- Attachment
2- Check Valve 5- Auxiliary Spool
3- Poppet Valve

Flow Combiner Control ON


4
1. Selector valve (1) of the auxiliary flow combiner
valve is shifted by pilot pressure from auxiliary
control solenoid valve unit (SA). 5
1
2. Therefore, back pressure in poppet valve (3)
decreases and the force to close poppet valve (3) is
b
reduced.
3. Therefore, the opening clearance of poppet valve 2
(3) increases so that pressure oil flow rate to 3
auxiliary spool (5) from pump 1 increases.
c a
4. Consequently, pressure oil flow rate to auxiliary
spool (5) from pump 1 increases. TJAA-03-03-050

a- Pressure Oil from Pump 1 c- Pressure Oil from Pump 2


b- Pilot Pressure from Auxiliary
Control Solenoid Valve Unit
(SA)

1- Selector Valve 4- Attachment


2- Check Valve 5- Auxiliary Spool
3- Poppet Valve

T3-3-58
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Flow Combiner Control OFF:


1 2 3

TJAA-03-03-051

Flow Combiner Control ON:


1 2 3

b
a

TJAA-03-03-052

a- Pressure Oil from Pump 1 b- Pilot Pressure from Auxiliary


Control Solenoid Valve Unit
(SA)

1- Selector Valve 2- Check Valve 3- Poppet Valve

T3-3-59
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

(Blank)

T3-3-60
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

Outline
The pilot valve controls pilot pressure oil in order to move
the spool in the control valve.
The pilot valve outputs pressure according to the control
lever stroke by PPC (Pressure Proportional Control Valve)
function and moves the spool in the control valve.
The 4-port pilot valves for front attachment / swing and
for travel are standard.
The 2-port pilot valve is for auxiliary (optional) and for
counterweight removal and installation (optional).

 Front Attachment / Swing Pilot Valve


Port
ISO Control Pattern Hitachi Pattern
No.
1 Bucket Roll-Out 
2 Boom Lower 
Right
3 Bucket Roll-In 
4 Boom Raise 
1 Swing (Right) Arm Roll-In
2 Arm Roll- Out Swing (Right)
Left
3 Swing (Left) Arm Roll- Out
4 Arm Roll-In Swing (Left)

P T
Hydraulic
P 4
Symbol

1 3 2 4 3
TPPP-03-04-002 1

TPPP-03-04-001
2 T
P- Port P T- Port T
(Pressure Oil from Pilot Pump) (To Hydraulic Oil Tank)

T3-4-1
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

 Travel Pilot Valve


Port No.
1 Travel (Right Reverse)
2 Travel (Right Forward)
3 Travel (Left Forward)
4 Travel (Left Reverse) T
P T
Hydraulic P
Symbol

TPPP-03-04-003

1 2 3 4
TPPP-03-04-002
3 4

2 1

TPPP-03-04-004

 Auxiliary / Counterweight removal and installation P- Port P T- Port T


(Pressure Oil from Pilot Pump) (To Hydraulic Oil Tank)
Pilot Valve
Port No.
1 Open
Auxiliary
2 Close
Counterweight 1 Raise
Removal and 2 Lower
Installation
T

P
P T
Hydraulic
Symbol

1 2 TDAA-03-04-006
1 2
TDAA-03-04-007
P- Port P T- Port T
(Pressure Oil from Pilot Pump) (To Hydraulic Oil Tank)

T3-4-2
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

Operation (Front Attachment / Swing and Front Attachment /


Travel Pilot Valves) Swing Pilot Valve

1
The spool (7) head comes in contact with the upper
surface of spring guide (4). Spring guide (4) is kept raised
by return spring (6). 2

fNOTE: Total lever strokes for front attachment and 3


swing controls are determined by stroke dimension 4
(E) of pusher (2). Total lever stroke for travel control is 5
determined by stroke dimension (E) of cam (1).
6

TPPP-03-04-005

Travel Pilot Valve


1

2
3
4

5
6

TPPP-03-04-010

1- Cam 3- Casing 5- Balance Spring 7- Spool


2- Pusher 4- Spring Guide 6- Return Spring 8- Hole

T3-4-3
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

Neutral (Output Curve: A to B):


1. When in neutral, spool (7) completely blocks
pressure oil from port P (pilot pump). In addition,
the output port is opened to port T (hydraulic oil a E F
tank) through the inner passage in spool (7).
2. Therefore, pressure in the output port is equal to D
that in port T.
3. When the control lever is slightly tilted, cam (1) is
tilted and pusher (2) is pushed downward. Pusher
C
(2) compresses return spring (6) along with spring
guide (4) together.
4. At this time, as pressure in the output port is equal A B b
to that in port T, spool (7) moves downward due to T523-02-05-001
the balance spring (5) force while keeping the lower
surface of the spool (7) head in contact with spring a- Pilot Pressure b- Control Lever Stroke
guide (4).
5. This status continues until hole (8) on spool (7) is
connected to port P.

T3-4-4
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

Front Attachment /
Swing Pilot Valve

1 1

2 2

3 3 7

4 4 T

5 5
6 6
8
P

7 T 7 T

8 P 8 P

a a
TPPP-03-04-015 TPPP-03-04-006

Travel Pilot Valve

1 1

2 2
T

3 7
3
P
4 4 8

5 5
6 6
a

T T
7 7
P P
8 8

a a
TPPP-03-04-016 TPPP-03-04-011

P- Port P T- Port T a- Output Port

1- Cam 3- Casing 5- Balance Spring 7- Spool


2- Pusher 4- Spring Guide 6- Return Spring 8- Hole

T3-4-5
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

During Metering or Decompressing (Output Curve:


C to D)
1. When the control lever is further tilted and pusher
(2) is moved downward further, hole (8) on spool a E F
(7) is connected to port P and pressure oil in port P
flows to the output port. D
2. Pressure in the output port is routed to the bottom
surface of spool (7) so that spool (7) is pushed
upward.
C
3. When the force to move spool (7) upward is smaller
than the balance spring (5) force, balance spring (5)
is not compressed so that spool (7) is not raised and A B b
pressure in the output port increases.
T523-02-05-001
4. As pressure in the output port increases further, the
force to move spool (7) upward increases. When a- Pilot Pressure b- Control Lever Stroke
this force overcomes the balance spring (5) force,
spool (7) compresses balance spring (5) and moves
upward.
5. As spool (7) is moved upward, hole (8) is closed so
that pressure oil from port P stops flowing to the
output port and pressure in the output port stops
increasing.
6. As spool (7) is moved downward and balance spring
(5) is compressed, pressure routed to the bottom
surface of spool (7) increases until pressure balances
with the increasing spring force. This increasing
pressure becomes pressure in the output port.

T3-4-6
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

Front Attachment /
Swing Pilot Valve

1 1

2 2
7 7
3 T 3
4 T
4
8 8
5 5
6 6
P
P

7 7

T T

P P
8 8

a a
TPPP-03-04-007 TPPP-03-04-008

Travel Pilot Valve

1 1

2 2

T T
7 7
3 3
P P
4 4
5 8 5 8
6 6
a a

T T
7 7

P P

8 8
a a
TPPP-03-04-012 TPPP-03-04-013

P- Port P T- Port T a- Output Port

1- Cam 3- Casing 5- Balance Spring 7- Spool


2- Pusher 4- Spring Guide 6- Return Spring 8- Hole

T3-4-7
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

Full Stroke (Output Curve: E to F)


1. When the control lever is fully stroked, pusher (2)
is moved downward until pusher (2) on the front
attachment / swing pilot valve comes in contact a E F
with the casing (3) shoulder, or cam (1) on the travel
pilot valve comes in contact with casing (3). D
2. At this time, the bottom surface of pusher (2)
directly pushes spool (7). Therefore, even if pressure
in the output port increases further, hole (8) on
spool (7) is kept open. C

3. Consequently, pressure in the output port is equal


to that in port P. A B b

T523-02-05-001

a- Pilot Pressure b- Control Lever Stroke

T3-4-8
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

Front Attachment /
Swing Pilot Valve

2
3
4
5
6

8 P

a
TPPP-03-04-009

Travel Pilot Valve

4
5
6

T
7

8
a

TPPP-03-04-014

P- Port P T- Port T a- Output Port

1- Cam 3- Casing 5- Balance Spring 7- Spool


2- Pusher 4- Spring Guide 6- Return Spring 8- Hole

T3-4-9
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

(Blank)

T3-4-10
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

Operation (Auxiliary / Counterweight


Removal and Installation Pilot Valve)

1
The spool (7) head comes in contact with the upper
surface of spring guide (4). Spring guide (4) is kept raised
by return spring (6).
E

fNOTE: Total lever stroke is determined by stroke


dimension (E) of cam (1). 2
3

4
5

6
7
8

TDAA-03-04-001

1- Cam 3- Plate 5- Balance Spring 7- Spool


2- Pusher 4- Spring Guide 6- Return Spring 8- Hole

T3-4-11
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

 Auxiliary / Counterweight Removal and Installation


Pilot Valve

Neutral (Output Curve: A to B):


a
1. When the control lever is in neutral, spool (7)
completely blocks pressure oil from port P. In D
addition, the output port is opened to port T
(hydraulic oil tank) through the inner passage in
spool (7).
2. Therefore, pressure in the output port is equal to C
that in port T.
3. When the control lever is slightly tilted, cam (1) is A B b
moved and pusher (2) is pushed downward. Pusher
(2) compress return spring (6) along with spring T1F3-03-09-004
guide (4) together. a- Pilot Pressure b- Pusher Stroke
4. At this time, as pressure in the output port is equal
to that in port T, spool (7) moves downward due to
the balance spring (5) force while keeping the lower
surface of the spool (7) head in contact with spring
guide (4).
5. This status continues until hole (8) on spool (7) is
connected to port P.

fNOTE: The lever stroke while hole (8) on spool (7) is


connected to port P is play.

T3-4-12
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

4
5 T

6
7 P

a TDAA-03-04-001

7 T
2

8
P

4 a
T
5

6
P
7

a
TDAA-03-04-002

P- Port P T- Port T a- Output Port

1- Cam 3- Plate 5- Balance Spring 7- Spool


2- Pusher 4- Spring Guide 6- Return Spring 8- Hole

T3-4-13
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

During Metering or Decompressing (Output Curve:


C to D)
1. When the control lever is further tilted and pusher
(2) is moved downward further, hole (8) on spool a
(7) is connected to port P and pressure oil in port P
flows to the output port. D
2. Pressure in the output port acts on the bottom
surface of spool (7) so that spool (7) is pushed
upward.
C
3. When the force to move spool (7) upward is smaller
than the balance spring (5) force, balance spring (5)
is not compressed so that spool (7) is not raised and A B b
pressure in the output port increases.
T1F3-03-09-004
4. As pressure in the output port increases further, the
force to move spool (7) upward increases. When a- Pilot Pressure b- Pusher Stroke
this force overcomes the balance spring (5) force,
balance spring (5) is compressed so that spool (7) is
moved upward.
5. As spool (7) is moved upward, hole (8) is closed so
that pressure oil from port P stops flowing to the
output port and pressure in the output port stops
increasing.
6. As spool (7) is moved downward and balance spring
(5) is compressed, pressure acting on the bottom
surface of spool (7) increases until pressure balances
with the increasing spring force. This increasing
pressure becomes pressure in the output port.

T3-4-14
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

7 T
2
8

4 a
T
5

6
P
7

a
TDAA-03-04-004

7 T
2
8

4 a
T
5

6
P
7

a
TDAA-03-04-003

P- Port P T- Port T a- Output Port

1- Cam 3- Plate 5- Balance Spring 7- Spool


2- Pusher 4- Spring Guide 6- Return Spring 8- Hole

T3-4-15
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

Shockless Function (Only for Travel Pilot


Valve)
The travel pilot valve has damper (1) enabling damping of
the speed change shock by travel control lever (4).
Damper (1) is composed of support (5), gear 1 (9) and
gear 2 (8) and others. Gear 1 (9) is connected to support
(5).
1 2 3
Support (5) is secure to bracket (6) by spring pin (2). Travel
control lever (4) and travel pedal (3) are secure to bracket A
(6). Therefore, support (5) rotates transversely around pin
(7) according to movement of travel control lever (4). 4

Operation 5
1. If travel control lever (4) is released white traveling,
6
spring force of the return spring returns travel
control lever (4) to the neutral position. 7
2. At this time, gear 1 (9) and gear 2 (8) inside damper 8
(1) receive opposing force due to friction.
9
3. Consequently, as travel control lever (4) gradually A
returns to the neutral position, the extent of sudden
stop at the time of abrupt release of travel control
lever (4) is reduced.

T1M7-03-04-002

Section A-A 2

5
1

7
T1M7-03-04-003

1- Damper 6- Bracket
2- Spring Pin 7- Pin
3- Travel Pedal 8- Gear 2
4- Travel Control Lever 9- Gear 1
5- Support

T3-4-16
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Outline
The travel device consists of travel motor (4), travel Travel reduction gear (2) is a three-stage planetary
reduction gear (2), and travel brake valve (1). reduction gear, converts the travel motor (4) rotation
Travel motor (4) is a swash plate type variable power to a slow-large torque, and rotates sprocket (3) and
displacement axial plunger motor and equipped with a the track.
parking brake (a wet-type spring set hydraulic released Travel brake valve (1) protects the travel circuit from being
multi-disc brake). Travel motor (4) is driven by pressure oil overloaded and prevents the occurrence of cavitation.
from the pump and transmits the rotation power to travel
reduction gear (2).

1 2

4
T1J1-03-05-002

1- Travel Brake Valve 2- Travel Reduction Gear 3- Sprocket 4- Travel Motor

T3-5-1
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Travel Reduction Gear


The travel reduction gear is a three-stage planetary Housing (14) of the travel motor is secured to the track
reduction gear. frame with bolts. In addition, housing (14) is secured to
The travel motor rotates propeller shaft (7). This rotation is drum (13) via bearing (15) with bearing nut (11). Third
transmitted to ring gear (1) through first stage planetary stage carrier (2) is connected to housing (14) by a spline
gear (8), first stage carrier (6), second stage sun gear (5), joint.
second stage planetary gear (9), second stage carrier (4), Ring gear (1), drum (13), and sprocket (12) are secured
third stage sun gear (3), third stage planetary gear (10), with bolts respectively. Therefore, when ring gear (1)
and third stage carrier (2). rotates, drum (13) and sprocket (12) also rotate.

15 1 2 3 4 5

14 13 11 10 9

12
T1J1-03-05-002

1- Ring Gear 5- Second Stage Sun Gear 9- Second Stage Planetary Gear 13- Drum
2- Third Stage Carrier 6- First Stage Carrier 10- Third Stage Planetary Gear 14- Housing
3- Third Stage Sun Gear 7- Propeller Shaft 11- Bearing Nut 15- Bearing
4- Second Stage Carrier 8- First Stage Planetary Gear 12- Sprocket

T3-5-2
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

(Blank)

T3-5-3
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Travel Motor
The travel motor is a swash plate type variable When pressure oil is supplied from the pump, plunger (5)
displacement axial plunger motor, and consists of valve is pushed. As swash plate (4) is inclined, shoe (3) on the
plate (6), swash plate (4), rotor (2), plunger (5), and shaft end of plunger (5) slides along swash plate (4) and rotor
(1). (2) rotates.
Shaft (1) is connected to rotor (2) by a spline joint into
which plunger (5) is inserted.

1 2 3 4

6 5

T1J1-03-05-003

1- Shaft 3- Shoe 5- Plunger 6- Valve Plate


2- Rotor 4- Swash Plate

T3-5-4
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Operation
1. Pressure oil flows to port B in valve plate (6), enters
one side in rotor (2), and pushes plunger (5).
2. This force and inclination of swash plate (4) make
shoe (3) slide on swash plate (4) in order to rotate
rotor (2) and output shaft (7).
3. As rotor (2) rotates, when plungers (5) reach port A,
pressure oil is returned to the hydraulic oil tank.
4. Whether forward travel or reverse travel depends on
whether pressure oil is supplied to port A or port B.

A B
A
B

7 4 3 6

T183-03-05-009

A- Port A B- Port B
(Pressure oil from main pump (Pressure oil from main pump
or returning oil to hydraulic oil or returning oil to hydraulic oil
tank) tank)

2- Rotor 4- Swash Plate 6- Valve Plate 7- Output Shaft


3- Shoe 5- Plunger

T3-5-5
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Parking Brake
The parking brake is a wet-type spring set hydraulic
released multi-disc brake. The brake is released when
the brake release pressure oil is routed to brake piston
chamber (a).
The parking brake is automatically applied unless the
travel function is operated.
Friction plates (2) and plates (3) are connected to housing
(1) of the travel motor and rotor (4) by a spline joint
respectively.

When brake is released When brake is applied


1. When the travel control lever is operated, pressure 1. When the travel control lever is returned to neutral,
oil from the main pump is routed to port P1 or P2 in counterbalance valve spool (7) in the travel brake
the travel motor through the control valve. valve is returned to neutral.
2. This pressure oil shifts counterbalance valve spool 2. As pressure oil routed to brake piston (5) is returned
(7) in the travel brake valve and is routed to brake to the hydraulic oil tank, brake piston (5) is returned
piston (5) through the notch on counterbalance by spring (6).
valve spool (7).
3. Consequently, the spring force acts on plate (3),
3. Consequently, as brake piston (5) is pushed, plates which is engaged with the external circumference
(3) and friction plates (2) become freed each other of rotor (4), and on friction plate (2), which is
so that the brake is released. engaged with the inside of housing (1) of the travel
motor through brake piston (5). Therefore, the
external circumference of rotor (4) is secured with
friction force.

T3-5-6
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

When brake is applied: 1 When brake is released: 1

a a
2
6 2
6

4 4
5 3 5 3

TJBA-03-05-001 TJBA-03-05-002

b
P1 P2

TJBA-03-05-003 TJBA-03-05-004

P1- From Port P1 P2- From Port P2 a- Brake Piston Chamber b- To Brake Piston

1- Housing 3- Plate 5- Brake Piston 7- Counterbalance Valve Spool


2- Friction Plate 4- Rotor 6- Spring

T3-5-7
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Travel Brake Valve


The travel brake valve is located on the travel motor head
and consists of the following valves.

 Counterbalance Valve (1):


Counterbalance valve (1) ensures smooth start / stop
travel operation and prevents the machine from
running away when traveling on a down slope. In
addition, counterbalance valve (1) routes the travel
motor operating pressure oil in the high-pressure port
(P1 or P2) to the parking brake.

 Check Valve (2):


Check valve (2) assists the counterbalance valve (1)
operation and prevents cavitation in the motor circuit.

 Overload Relief Valve (4):


Overload relief valve (4) prevents the occurrence of
overload and surge pressure in the motor circuit and
reduces shock loads developed when stopping travel
operation.

 Travel Motor Displacement Angle Control Valve (3):


Travel motor displacement angle control valve (3) shifts
the spool due to pilot pressure oil and delivers pressure
oil from the control valve to the piston.

T3-5-8
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Section A-A

4 1

3
P1

P2

A A
4 1
TJAA-03-05-003

P1- Port P1 P2- Port P2

1- Counterbalance Valve 3- Travel Motor Displacement 4- Overload Relief Valve


2- Check Valve Angle Control Valve

T3-5-9
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Counterbalance Valve
 While Traveling
1. When pressure oil from the control valve enters port
P1 (6), pressure oil flows around the outer surface of
spool (4), unseats check valve (12), and flows further
to motor port BM (11).
2. On the other hand, returning oil from the travel
motor is routed to motor port AM (10). However, its
passage is blocked by check valve (7) and spool (4).
3. When pressure in port P1 (6) increases further,
pressure oil from port P1 (6) pushes to open check
valve (3) in spool (4) through oil passage F (c) in
spool (4) and is routed to chamber G (a). In addition,
pressure oil from port P1 (6) is routed to chamber G
(a) through orifice (2) and orifice A (1) in spool (4) .
Therefore, pressure oil moves spool (4) downward.
4. Consequently, returning oil from the travel motor
flows to port P2 (8) through notch (g) on spool (4).
As pressure oil starts flowing at this stage, the travel
motor starts rotating.
5. When the travel control lever is returned to neutral,
pressure oil in port P1 (6) and port P2 (8) are routed
to the hydraulic oil tank through the control valve.
6. Pressure oil in chamber G (a) is routed to port P1 (6)
through orifice (2) and pressure in chamber G (a)
decreases.
7. Therefore, spool (4) is returned to the original
position by the spring force and blocks the oil
passage so that the travel motor rotation is stopped.

 While Descending a Slope


1. When the machine descends a slope, the travel
motors are forcibly rotated by the machine self
weight like a pump.
2. If the travel motor draws oil, oil pressure in port P1
(6) and chamber G (a) decrease. Spool (4) moves
upward so that returning oil from the travel motor is
reduced.
3. Therefore, oil pressure in motor port AM (10)
increases and functions the travel motor brake.
4. Once pressure oil is reduced, pressure in port P1 (6)
increases again and moves spool (4) downward.
By repeating this (hydraulic brake operation), the
machine is prevented from running away.

T3-5-10
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

 While Traveling

11 12 a
1
2

b
6
3
4
b
f
c

d
e
4
8
g

10 7 9

 While Descending a Slope TJBA-03-05-005

11 a

b
f

d
8 e
4

10

TJBA-03-05-006

a- Chamber G c- Oil Passage F e- From Port AM g- notch


b- From Port P1 d- To Port P2 f- To Port BM

1- Orifice A 4- Spool 7- Check Valve 10- Port AM


2- Orifice 5- Spring 8- Port P2 11- Port BM
3- Check Valve 6- Port P1 9- Counterbalance Valve 12- Check Valve

T3-5-11
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Overload Relief Valve


When the circuit pressure increases over the set pressure,
the overload relief valve is opened and high pressure oil is
relieved to the low-pressure side, so that the travel motor
is protected from being overloaded.
In addition, overload relief valve relieves the shock loads
developed due to inertia force when stopping the travel
motor.

Operation (Relief Operation)


1. Pressure oil in the travel circuit is routed to poppet
(6) through motor port P1 (or motor port P2).
1
2. Pressure oil flows to the spring (2) chamber through
orifice (5) in poppet (6).
2
3. Pressure oil flowing to the spring (2) chamber is
3
routed to piston (4) through orifice (3) and moves
piston (4) downward. 4
4. As long as piston (4) keeps moving, a pressure 5
difference is developed between the front and 6
b
rear of poppet (6). When this pressure difference is
increased beyond the spring (2) force, poppet (6) is
opened and pressure oil flows to the hydraulic oil
tank.
5. When piston (4) reaches the stroke end, the
pressure difference between the front and rear of T183-03-05-011
poppet (6) disappears and poppet (6) is closed. a

6. Under this condition, normal relief pressure is set.


a- From Motor Port P1, P2 b- To Hydraulic Oil Tank
7. When the pressure in the travel circuit increases
beyond the spring (2) force, poppet (6) is opened 1- Overload Relief Valve 5- Orifice
and pressure oil at the relief set pressure flows to 2- Spring 6- Poppet
the hydraulic oil tank. 3- Orifice
4- Piston
8. As described above, relief operation in two-stages
prevents the travel motor from being overloaded
and reduces shocks developed in the circuit when
stopping the travel motor.

T3-5-12
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

(Blank)

T3-5-13
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Travel Mode Control


The displacement angle of swash plate (3) is changed by
piston (5) movement in order to shift the travel mode.

 Slow Speed
1. When the travel mode switch is in the Slow position,
MC (main controller) does not send the signals
to solenoid valve unit (SC) so that pilot pressure
is not routed to pilot port (7) of the travel motor
displacement angle control valve (1). Spool (8) of
the travel motor displacement angle control valve
(1) is pushed leftward by spring (2).
2. Therefore, as pressure oil from the control valve is
not routed to piston (5), the displacement angle is
held to the maximum.
Therefore, the stroke of plunger (6) is increased and
the travel motor rotates at slow speed.

T3-5-14
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

1 8 7 2

5 6

4 3

5
9

b
TJAA-03-05-001

a- To Drain b- From Control Valve

1- Travel Motor Displacement 3- Swash Plate 6- Plunger 9- Counterbalance Valve


Angle Control Valve 4- Ball 7- Pilot Port
2- Spring 5- Piston 8- Spool

T3-5-15
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

 Fast Speed
1. When the travel mode switch is set to the Fast
position, MC (main controller) sends the signals to
solenoid valve unit (SC) in response to travel loads.
(Refer to SYSTEM / Control system / Travel Motor
Displacement Angle Control.)
2. When pilot pressure is supplied to pilot port (7)
of travel motor displacement angle control valve
(1), pilot pressure is supplied to chamber A (d)
through orifice (10) in spool (8), and moves spool (8)
rightward.
3. Pressure oil from the control valve is routed to
piston (5) through counterbalance valve (9) and
spool (8).
4. Therefore, piston (5) pushes swash plate (3) so
that the displacement angle of swash plate (3) is
reduced. As the stroke of plunger (6) is reduced, the
travel motor rotates at fast speed.

T3-5-16
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

8 10 7 1 2
5 6

4 3

9
4

TJAA-03-05-002

b- From Control Valve c- From Travel Motor d- Chamber A


Displacement Angle Control
Valve

1- Travel Motor Displacement 3- Swash Plate 6- Plunger 9- Counterbalance Valve


Angle Control Valve 4- Ball 7- Pilot Port 10- Orifice
2- Spring 5- Piston 8- Spool

T3-5-17
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

(Blank)

T3-5-18
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Outline
The signal control valve is provided in the pilot circuit
between the pilot valve and the control valve, and
controls various signal pressure used to regulate the
pumps and valves.
The major components of signal control valve are the
shuttle valve, shockless valve, pump 1 flow rate control
valve, pump 2 flow rate control valve, pump 3 flow rate
control valve, flow combiner valve control spool, and
swing parking brake release spool.

A Section A-A

A 1

7 2

6 3

a 5 4

TJAA-03-06-004 T178-03-06-002

a- Pilot Valve Side

1- Shockless Valve 3- Pump 1 Flow Rate Control 5- Swing Parking Brake Release 7- Auxiliary
2- Arm Flow Rate Control Valve Valve Spool
Control Spool 4- Flow Combiner Valve Control 6- Pump 2 Flow Rate Control
Spool Valve

T3-6-1
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Pilot Port
Pilot Valve Side
Port Name Connected to Remark
Port A Right Pilot Valve Boom Raise Pilot Pressure
Port B Right Pilot Valve Boom Lower Pilot Pressure
Port C Left Pilot Valve Arm Roll-Out Pilot Pressure
Port D Left Pilot Valve Arm Roll-In Pilot Pressure
Port E Left Pilot Valve Left Swing Pilot Pressure
Port F Left Pilot Valve Right Swing Pilot Pressure
Port G Right Pilot Valve Bucket Roll-In Pilot Pressure
Port H Right Pilot Valve Bucket Roll-Out Pilot Pressure
Port I Travel Pilot Valve Left Travel Forward Pilot Pressure
Port J Travel Pilot Valve Left Travel Reverse Pilot Pressure
Port K Travel Pilot Valve Right Travel Forward Pilot Pressure
Port L Travel Pilot Valve Right Travel Reverse Pilot Pressure
Port M Auxiliary Pilot Valve Auxiliary Open Pilot Pressure
Port N Auxiliary Pilot Valve Auxiliary Close Pilot Pressure
Port SA Pump Control Pressure Sensor (4-spool) Pump 1 Flow Rate Control
Port SB Pump Control Pressure Sensor (5-spool) Pump 2 Flow Rate Control
Port PI Check Valve Primary Pilot Pressure
Port PH Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve Primary Pilot Pressure (Heat Circuit)
Port SH Swing Parking Brake Brake Release Pressure
Port DF Hydraulic Oil Tank Returning to Hydraulic Oil Tank

T3-6-2
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Pilot Valve Side

PH

C A

D M

H
B

F SB
G
PI

N
K
I

J
SH

DF

SA L TJAA-03-06-002

Control Valve Side

SM 3

1 5

13 4
2 SE
SK 8

S3

14
6
7

9 SN

11
10

SL

TJAA-03-06-003
TR 12 SP

T3-6-3
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Control Valve Side


Port Name Connected to Remark
Port 1 Control Valve Boom Raise Pilot Pressure
Port 2 Control Valve Boom Lower Pilot Pressure
Port 3 Control Valve Arm Roll-Out Pilot Pressure
Port 4 Control Valve Arm Roll-In Pilot Pressure
Port 5 Control Valve Left Swing Pilot Pressure
Port 6 Control Valve Right Swing Pilot Pressure
Port 7 Control Valve Bucket Roll-In Pilot Pressure
Port 8 Control Valve Bucket Roll-Out Pilot Pressure
Port 9 Control Valve Left Travel Forward Pilot Pressure
Port 10 Control Valve Left Travel Reverse Pilot Pressure
Port 11 Control Valve Right Travel Forward Pilot Pressure
Port 12 Control Valve Right Travel Reverse Pilot Pressure
Port 13 Control Valve Auxiliary Pilot Pressure
Port 14 Control Valve Auxiliary Pilot Pressure
Port S3 Pressure Sensor (Swing) -
Port SE Control Valve Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Control Pressure
Port SM Pressure Sensor (Attachment) (OP) -
Port SN - Plug
Port SP Hydraulic Oil Tank Returning to Hydraulic Oil Tank
Port SL Control Valve Flow Combiner Valve Control Pressure
Port SK - Plug
Port TR Pressure Sensor (Travel) -

T3-6-4
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Pilot Valve Side

PH

C A

D M

H
B

F SB
G
PI

N
K
I

J
SH

DF

SA L TJAA-03-06-002

Control Valve Side

SM 3

1 5

13 4
2 SE
SK 8

S3

14
6
7

9 SN

11
10

SL

TJAA-03-06-003
TR 12 SP

T3-6-5
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

(Blank)

T3-6-6
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Shuttle Valve
The shuttle valve selects pilot pressure used to perform
each operation and routes pilot pressure to the
corresponding control valves and/or control spools.
The spools corresponding to each operation are as
follows:

Arm Flow Rate Flow Combiner Swing Parking


Control Valve Valve Control Brake Release
Control Spool Spool Spool
Boom Raise - - 
Boom Lower - - 
Arm Roll-Out - - 
Arm Roll-In - - 
Bucket Roll-In - - 
Bucket Roll-Out - - 
Swing (Right)  - 
Swing (Left)  - 
Travel (Right) -  -
Travel (Left) - - -
Auxiliary - - 

T3-6-7
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

a b c d e f

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

i
8

9
m

n
TJAA-03-06-005
h g 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10

a- Travel (Left) f- Bucket i- Arm Flow Rate Control Valve n- Pump 1 Flow Rate Control
b- Travel (Right) g- Flow Combiner Valve Control Control Spool Valve
c- Swing Spool j- Shockless Valve
d- Arm h- Swing Parking Brake Release m- Pump 2 Flow Rate Control
e- Boom Spool Valve

1- Travel (Left) 7- Auxiliary 12- Boom, Arm, Bucket, Swing, 16- Boom, Arm, Buket, Travel (Left)
2- Travel (Right) 8- Swing, Auxiliary Auxiliary Auxiliary
3- Bucket 9- Boom, Arm 13- Boom Arm, Bucket 17- Travel (Left), Travel (Right)
4- Arm 10- Boom Raise, Arm, Swing, 14- Boom, Arm, Buket, Travel (Left)
5- Boom Auxiliary 15- Boom, Arm, Buket, Travel
6- Swing 11- Boom Raise, Arm (Right)

T3-6-8
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Section A-A

11
A
4 5
A 9
8
7

6
10
13
3
a 15
16
2 12
14 1
17

TJAA-03-06-004 T178-03-06-009

a- Pilot Valve Side

1- Travel (Left) 7- Auxiliary 12- Boom, Arm, Bucket, Swing, 15- Boom, Arm, Bucket, Travel
2- Travel (Right) 8- Swing, Auxiliary Auxiliary (Right)
3- Bucket 9- Boom, Arm 13- Boom, Arm, Bucket 16- Boom, Arm, Bucket, Travel
4- Arm 10- Boom, Arm, Swing, Auxiliary 14- Boom, Arm, Bucket, Travel (Left), Swing
5- Boom 11- Boom Raise, Arm (Left) 17- Travel (Left), Travel (Right)
6- Swing

T3-6-9
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Shockless Valve 1 2 3

The shockless valve is provided in the boom raise circuit


and functions during boom lowering operation or when
stopping boom raise operation.

During boom raise operation


1. Boom raise pilot pressure is routed to spool (1)
through port A (2). 5
2. Immediately after operation is started, low pilot 4 T1V1-03-06-003
pressure is routed to the spring B (3) chamber
through clearance C between spool (1) and housing
(7).In addition, pilot pressure is also routed to port 1
(4) through inner passage 2 (5) at the same time. 6 1 2 3
3. When pilot pressure increases, pressure in the
spring B (3) chamber also increases. Spool (1)
pushes spring A (6) and is moved to the left.
4. As spool (1) is moved, port A (2) is connected to port
1 (4) and pressure in the port 1 (4) increases, so that
the control valve spool is moved.

4 T1V1-03-06-002

1- Spool 4- Port 1
2- Port A 5- Inner Passage 2
3- Spring B 6- Spring A

T3-6-10
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

During boom raise operation:


6 1 2
C

5 3

4 T183-03-06-003

1 2

4 T183-03-06-004

Detail of Clearance C 7

1
T1V1-03-06-008

1- Spool 3- Spring B 5- Inner Passage 2 7- Housing


2- Port A 4- Port 1 6- Spring A

T3-6-11
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

During boom lower operation or when stopping 6 2 1 3


boom raise operation (shock reducing operation)
1. During boom lower operation or when stopping
boom raise operation, the returning oil from the
boom raise spool in control valve is routed to port 1
(4).
2. As spool (1) blocks the oil passage between port
8
1 (4) and port A (2), the returning oil cannot flow
5
directly to port A (2).
3. Port 1 (4) is connected to the spring A (6) side in 4 T1V1-03-06-004
spool (1) through inner passage 1 (8) and to oil
chamber (9) through inner passage 2 (5).
4. Pressure oil in oil chamber (9) flows from clearance 6 1 2 3
C between spool (1) and housing (7) and pressure
in oil chamber (9) decreases. Spool (1) is moved to
the right by the pressure routed to the spring A (6)
side. Therefore, clearance C between spool (1) and
housing (7) is closed, so that pressure oil is blocked.
5. When clearance C is closed, pressure in oil chamber 8
(9) increases and spool (1) is moved to the left.
Therefore, clearance C is opened again and pressure
oil flows to the port A (2) side.
4 T1V1-03-06-002
6. As the operations in step 4 to step 5 are repeated
and pressure oil is gradually returned to the port A
(2) side, the control valve spool is returned slowly. 1- Spool 5- Inner Passage 2
2- Port A 6- Spring A
7. Consequeltly, the shockless valve reduces the shock 3- Spring B 8- Inner Passage 1
during boom lower operation or when stopping 4- Port 1
boom raise operation.

T3-6-12
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

During boom lower operation or when stopping boom


raise operation (shock reducing operation)
6 8 1 3
2 C

5 9
4 T183-03-06-005

1 2

5 9
4 T183-03-06-004

Detail of Clearance C 7

1
T1V1-03-06-008

1- Spool 4- Port 1 7- Housing


2- Port A 5- Inner Passage 2 8- Inner Passage 1
3- Spring B 6- Spring A 9- Oil Chamber

T3-6-13
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Pump 1 Flow Rate Control Valve, Pump 2


Flow Rate Control Valve
The pump flow rate control valve delivers the pilot oil
pressure to the 4-spool or the 5-spool pressure sensor in
response to the pilot oil pressure from the pilot valve. The
signal from the 4-spool or the 5-spool pressure sensor is
sent to MC, MC drives the pump control solenoid valve
and controls the flow of the pump.

1. Pilot pressure (5) from the pilot valve is routed to


the spring (1) chamber side in the pump 1 or pump
2 flow rate control valve after being selected by
shuttle valve (4) in the signal control valve.
2. Spool (2) is moved to the right and primary pilot
pressure (6) is routed to port SA or port SB.
3. Therefore, pressure in port SA or port SB increases.
4. In addition, pressure oil in port SA or port SB is also
routed to the chamber A (3). Therefore, spool (2) is
moved back until the pressure force in port SA or
port SB balances with the pilot pressure routed to
the spring (1) chamber side so that pressure in port
SA or port SB stops increasing.

fNOTE: The pump 1 flow rate control valve is operated


when the boom (raise or lower), arm (roll-in or roll-out),
and bucket (roll-in or roll-out) functions are operated.
The pump 2 flow rate control valve is operated when the
boom (raise), arm (roll-in or roll-out), and travel (left)
functions are operated.

T3-6-14
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

a, b
1 2

5
4

e T178-03-06-017

a- To Port SA b- To Port SB d- To Hydraulic Oil Tank e- From Pilot Valve

1- Spring 3- Chamber A 5- Pilot Pressure


2- Spool 4- Shuttle Valve 6- Primary Pilot Pressure

T3-6-15
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Arm Flow Rate Control Valve Control Spool,


Flow Combiner Valve Control Spool, Swing
Parking Brake Release Spool 1 a b 2

fNOTE: The three spools are identical in operational


principle.
 The arm flow rate control valve control spool is shifted
by arm roll-in pilot pressure and supplies swing pilot T178-03-06-014
pressure to the arm 1 flow rate control valve in control d c
valve. a- To Hydraulic Oil Tank c- To Arm 1 Flow Rate Control
 The flow combiner valve control spool is shifted by b- Swing Pilot Pressure Valve
travel (right) pilot pressure and supplies primary pilot d- Arm Roll-In Pilot Pressure
pressure to the flow combiner valve in control valve. 1- Spool 2- Spring
 The swing parking brake release spool is shifted by the
boom, arm, bucket, swing, or auxiliary pilot pressure
and supplies primary pilot pressure to the swing motor.
1 a b 2

T178-03-06-014
f e

a- To Hydraulic Oil Tank c- To Flow Combiner Valve


b- Primary Pilot Pressure d- Travel (RIght) Pilot Pressure

1- Spool 2- Spring

1 a b 2

T178-03-06-014
f e

a- To Hydraulic Oil Tank f- Boom, Arm, Bucket, Swing,


b- Primary Pilot Pressure Auxiliary
e- To Swing Motor

1- Spool 2- Spring

T3-6-16
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve


The pilot shut-off solenoid valve is a solenoid valve- Section Z-Z
operated switch valve.
Spool (1) in the pilot shut-off solenoid valve is shifted by
the pilot shut-off lever and turns ON/OFF pilot pressure
oil to the pilot valve and signal control valve.
T1 to T4

P
A1 to A4

T1V1-03-07-012

A1 P T1

A2 T2

A3

Z
T3
T4

A4

T1V1-03-07-011

P- Primary Pilot Pressure A3- Arm, Swing, Pilot Pressure T2- Returning Oil from Boom, T4- Returning Oil to Hydraulic Oil
A1- Travel Pilot Pressure A4- Pilot Pressure to Signal Control Bucket, Auxiliary Pilot Tank
A2- Boom, Bucket, Auxiliary Valve (Port PI) T3- Returning Oil from Arm, Swing
Pilot Pressure T1- Returning Oil from Travel Pilot Pilot

1- Spool

T3-7-1
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

 Pilot Shut-Off Lever: LOCK Position Pilot Shut-Off Lever: LOCK Position
1. When the pilot shut-off lever is set to the LOCK
position, the pilot shut-off relay is turned OFF and
the pilot shut-off solenoid valve is turned OFF. (Refer
to SYSTEM / Electrical System.) T1 to T4

2. Pressure oil from the pilot pump is blocked by spool


(1) in the pilot shut-off solenoid valve.
3. Pressure oil in pilot valves (A1 to A3) and signal
control valve (A4) sides flow to the hydraulic oil P
tank.
A1 to A4
4. Therefore, even if the control/travel control lever is
operated, the pilot valve is not activated.

 Pilot Shut-Off Lever: UNLOCK Position


1. When the pilot shut-off lever is set to the UNLOCK
position, the pilot shut-off relay is turned ON and
1
the pilot shut-off solenoid valve is excited. (Refer to
SYSTEM / Electrical System.) T1J1-03-07-011

2. Therefore, Spool (1) in the pilot shut-off solenoid


valve is pushed down and the returning oil from the Pilot Shut-Off Lever: UNLOCK Position
pilot valve and signal control valve are blocked by
spool (1).
3. Pressure oil from the pilot pump flows to the pilot
valve and signal control valve. T1 to T4

4. Consequently, when the control/travel control lever


is operated, the pilot valve is activated.

P
A1 to A4

T1J1-03-07-001

P- Primary Pilot Pressure T1- Returning Oil from Travel


A1- Travel Pilot Pressure Pilot
A2- Boom, Bucket, Auxiliary Pilot T2- Returning Oil from Boom,
Pressure Bucket, Auxiliary Pilot
A3- Arm, Swing, Pilot Pressure T3- Returning Oil from Arm,
A4- Pilot Pressure to Signal Swing Pilot
Control Valve (Port PI) T4- Returning Oil to Hydraulic Oil
Tank

1- Spool

T3-7-2
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Solenoid Valve
SC SF SI SG
The solenoid valve consists of the 4-spool solenoid valve
unit, the 2-spool solenoid valve unit, and the fan pump
control solenoid valve.

4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit


The 4-spool solenoid valve unit controls the control
valve and the valve in travel motor according to the
signal from MC (main controller). (Refer to SYSTEM /
Control System.)
The 4-spool solenoid valve unit consists of proportional
solenoid valves (SC, SF, SI, and SG). TJAA-01-02-102

SC : Controls the travel motor displacement angle


control valve.
SF : Controls the bypass shut-out valve in control
valve
SI : Increases pressure of the main relief valve in
control valve.
SG : Controls the arm 2 flow rate control valve (switch
valve) in control valve.

2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit SC SI


The 2-spool solenoid valve unit controls the control
valve according to the signal from MC (main controller).
(Refer to SYSTEM / Control System.)
The 2-spool solenoid valve unit consists of proportional
solenoid valves (SC and SI).
(Refer to SYSTEM / Control System.)

SC : Controls the boom overload relief valve (low


pressure) in control valve.
SI : Controls the swing flow rate control valve
(selector valve) in control valve.
TJAA-01-02-103

T3-7-3
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Fun Pump Control Solenoid Valve


The fan pump control solenoid valve controls the
fan pump according to the signal from MC (main
controller).
The fan pump control solenoid valve consists of
proportional solenoid valve.
(Refer to SYSTEM / Control System.)
P

TJAA-03-07-001

P- Primary Pilot Pressure T- Returning Oil to Hydraulic Oil


A- Fan Pump Control Pressure Tank

T3-7-4
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Proportional Solenoid Valve

The proportional solenoid valve is controlled by an


electric current signal from MC (main controller) and
outputs pressure in proportional to the electric current.

 When in neutral  When excited


1. Spring (2) pushes spool (1) to the right and output 1. Solenoid (3) pushes spool (1) to the left in
port S is connected to tank port T. proportion to the current value flowing through
solenoid (3).
2. Pilot pressure oil from port P flows to output port S
and pressure at output port S increases.
3. This pressure at output port S is routed to stepped
part a of spool (1). Spool (1) is pushed to the right
due to difference in the pressure receiving area
between stepped part a.
4. When pressure at output port S increases and the
force to push spool (1) to the right overcomes
the force to push spool (1) to the left by solenoid
(3), spool (1) is moved back to the right and the
passage between output port S and port P is
closed. Therefore, pressure at output port S stops
increasing.

T S P 1 2 3

a
T107-02-07-005

1- Spool 2- Spring 3- Solenoid

T3-7-5
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Fan Motor
The fan motor, a vane motor is operated by pressure oil
from the fan pump and rotates the fan in oil cooler. The
fan motor consists of cap end (1), cartridge (2), plate (3),
bearing (4), housing (5) and shaft (6).

2 3 4 5

T1J1-03-07-002

1- Cap End 3- Plate 5- Housing


2- Cartridge 4- Bearing 6- Shaft

T3-7-6
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Fan Valve
The fan valve consists of relief valve (1).
Relief valve (1) relieves pressure oil from the fan pump
when pressure oil from the fan pump reaches the relief
set pressure.
In addition, when the circuit pressure decreases, the
overload relief valve draws hydraulic oil from the
hydraulic oil tank and prevents the occurrence of
cavitation (make-up function).

M1 M2

M1 M2

1
1
P1 T1
T1J1-03-07-003 TJAA-03-07-002

P1 T1

M1- Port M1 (To Fan Motor) M2- Port M2 (From Fan Motor) P1- Port P 1 (From Fan Pump) S- Port T1 (To Hydraulic Oil Tank)

1- Relief Valve

T3-7-7
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Relief Operation
1. Pressure in port HP (fan circuit) is routed to pilot 1 10 8 6
poppet (8) through orifice (1) of piston (10).
2. When pressure in port HP reaches the set pressure
of spring B (6), pilot poppet (8) is opened, pressure
oil from passage A (5) flows along the external
circumference of sleeve (3), and flows to port T1
(hydraulic oil tank). HP
3. At this time, a pressure difference occurs between
port HP and spring chamber (9) due to orifice (1).
4. When this pressure difference reaches the set
pressure of spring A (4), piston (10) and main 5
poppet (2) are opened and pressure oil from port
T1 2 4 9 3
HP flows to port T1. TJAA-03-07-003
5. Consequently, the fan circuit pressure decreases.
HP- Fan Circuit T1- Port T1(To Hydraulic Oil Tank)
6. When the fan circuit pressure decreases to the
specified level, piston (10) and main poppet (2) are 1- Orifice 6- Spring B
closed by the force of spring A (4). 2- Main Poppet 8- Pilot Poppet
3- Sleeve 9- Spring Chamber
4- Spring A 10- Piston
5- Passage A

T3-7-8
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Make-Up Operation
1. When pressure in port HP (actuator circuit) 3 7
decreases lower than pressure in port T1 (hydraulic
oil tank), sleeve (3) is moved to the right.
2. Hydraulic oil in port T1 flows to port HP and
cavitation is prevented. HP
3. When pressure in port HP increases to the specified
pressure, sleeve (3) is closed by the force of spring C
(7).

T1 TJAA-03-07-004

HP- Fun Circuit T1 Port T1(To Hydraulic Oil Tank)

3- Sleeve 7- Spring C

T3-7-9
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Pilot Relief Valve


Pilot relief valve (2) has pilot filter (3) incorporated.
Pilot relief valve (2) functions to regulate pilot pump 2
pressure routed to port P (1) to a constant pressure. 1

T178-03-07-001

1- Port P 3- Pilot Filter


2- Pilot Relief Valve

T3-7-10
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Shockless Valve
The shockless valve is provided in the boom lower circuit
and operated when the boom lower control lever is
suddenly returned.

Operation
1. When the boom lower control lever is returned, 4. As pressure difference between front and rear of
return oil from the spool in control valve (boom orifice (6) occurs, spool (5) is move to the left by
lower side) acts on port A. pressure acting on the spring (3) side. Therefore,
passage (2) in spool (5) and housing (4) is closed
2. Oil in port A flows to chamber D (1) through orifice
and pressure oil is blocked.
(6).
5. When passage (2) is closed, pressure in chamber
3. Pressure in chamber D (1) is routed to port B
D (1) increases and spool (5) moves to the right.
through passage (2) in spool (5) and housing (4), so
Passage (2) is open again and pressure oil flows to
that pressure in chamber D (1) decreases.
port B.
6. By repeating steps 3 to 5, pressure oil returns to the
port B side gradually, so that the spool in control
valve is slowly returned.

2 3
B
4

A T1J1-03-07-012
6 5

A- Port A B- Port B

1- Chamber D 3- Spring 5- Spool


2- Passage 4- Housing 6- Orifice

T3-7-11
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Accumulator 6

The accumulator is provided in the pilot circuit in order 1


to buffer fluctuations in oil pressure, and to maintain 5
b 2
pilot pressure for a short time period after the engine is
stopped. 4
The accumulator mainly consists of body (5), holder (4),
bladder (2), which encloses nitrogen gas (N2), and poppet
(1). c

 Pressure oil from the pilot pump enters into the 3


accumulator through port A (a) pilot pressure
compresses bladder (2) until the nitrogen gas (b)
balances against with bladder (2).
 When pressure supply is stopped due to engine stall
or any other reasons, bladder (2) starts expanding
a
and accumulated oil is supplied to the pilot circuit d
(d) through port A (a). T105-02-10-003

a- Port A c- Pilot Pressure Oil


b- Nitrogen Gas (N2) d- To Pilot Circuit

1- Poppet 4- Holder
2- Bladder 5- Body
3- Oil Port 6- Gas Plug

T3-7-12
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Distribution Valve
Distribution valve (13) is provided in the auto lubrication 13
circuit and distributes grease from the grease pump to
each lubrication position.
Proximity switch (14) detects grease amount to be
distributed and outputs the signal to MC. (Refer to Auto
Lubrication Control in SYSTEM / Control System group.) 14

T1J1-03-07-005

Operation 13- Distribution Valve 14- Proximity Switch

1. Grease from the grease pump acts on the right side


of piston (15) A through passage G (G).
2. Therefore, piston (15) A moves to the left. Grease at a
the left side of piston A flows to port 2 (2) through 15
passage H (H) and piston (15) F.
11 A 12

9 B 10

7 C 8

5 D 6

3 E 4

1 F 2

H G
T1J1-03-07-006

a- From Grease Pump G- Passage G


H- Passage H
1- Port 1 8- Port 8
2- Port 2 9- Port 9
3- Port 3 10- Port 10
4- Port 4 11- Port 11
5- Port 5 12- Port 12
6- Port 6 15- Piston
7- Port 7

T3-7-13
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

3. When piston (15) A moves to the left, grease from a


the grease pump acts on the right side of piston J 15 I
(15) B through passage I (I).
11 A 12
4. Therefore, piston (15) B moves to the left. Grease at
the left side of piston (15) B flows to port 11 through 9 B 10
passage J (J) and piston (15) A.
7 C 8

5 D 6

3 E 4

1 F 2

T1J1-03-07-007
a- From Grease Pump J- Passage J
I- Passage I
1- Port 1 8- Port 8
2- Port 2 9- Port 9
3- Port 3 10- Port 10
4- Port 4 11- Port 11
5- Port 5 12- Port 12
6- Port 6 15- Piston
5. When piston (15) B moves to the left, grease from 7- Port 7
the grease pump acts on the right side of piston
(15) C through passage K (K).
a
6. Therefore, piston (15) C moves to the left. Grease
L 15 K
at the left side of piston (15) C flows to port 9 (9)
through passage L (L) and piston (15) B. 11 A 12
7. By repeating steps 3 to 6, grease is supplied to ports
11, 9, 7, 5 and 3 in this order. 9 B 10

7 C 8

5 D 6

3 E 4

1 F 2

T1J1-03-07-008
a- From Grease Pump L- Passage L
K- Passage K
1- Port 1 8- Port 8
2- Port 2 9- Port 9
3- Port 3 10- Port 10
4- Port 4 11- Port 11
5- Port 5 12- Port 12
6- Port 6 15- Piston
7- Port 7

T3-7-14
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

8. When piston (15) F moves to the left, grease from a


the grease pump acts on the left side of piston (15) 15
A through passage H (H).
11 A 12
9. Therefore, piston (15) A moves to the right. Grease
at the right side of piston (15) A flows to port 1 (1) 9 10
B
through passage G (G) and piston (15) F.
7 C 8

5 D 6

3 E 4

1 F 2

H G
T1J1-03-07-009
a- From Grease Pump H- Passage H
G- Passage G
1- Port 1 8- Port 8
2- Port 2 9- Port 9
3- Port 3 10- Port 10
4- Port 4 11- Port 11
5- Port 5 12- Port 12
10. When piston (15) A moves to the right, grease from 6- Port 6 15- Piston
the grease pump acts on the left side of piston (15) 7- Port 7
B through passage J (J). a
11. Therefore, piston (15) B moves to the right. Grease J 15 I
at the right side of piston (15) B flows to port 12 (12)
11 A 12
through passage I (I) and piston (15) A.
12. By repeating steps 10, 11, grease is supplied to ports 9 B 10
12, 10, 8, 6 and 4 in this order.
7 C 8

5 D 6

3 E 4

1 F 2

T1J1-03-07-010
a- From Grease Pump J- Passage J
I- Passage I
1- Port 1 8- Port 8
2- Port 2 9- Port 9
3- Port 3 10- Port 10
4- Port 4 11- Port 11
5- Port 5 12- Port 12
6- Port 6 15- Piston
7- Port 7

T3-7-15
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

(Blank)

T3-7-16
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 8 Others (Undercarriage)

Swing Bearing
The swing bearing supports the upperstructure on the
undercarriage and allows the upperstructure to swing
smoothly.
This bearing is a single row type ball bearing and consists
of outer race (1), inner race (3), ball (6), support (5), and
seals (2, 4).
Outer race (1) is bolted to the upperstructure. Inner race
(3) is bolted to the undercarriage. The internal gear of
inner race (3) meshes with the output shaft of the swing
reduction gear.

T135-03-02-001

1- Outer Race 3- Inner Race 5- Support


2- Seal 4- Seal 6- Ball

T3-8-1
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 8 Others (Undercarriage)

Center Joint
The center joint is a 360° rotating joint. When the upper
structure swings, the center joint eliminates twisting
of the hoses and allows hydraulic oil to flow the travel
motors.
Spindle (1) and body (2) are secured to the upperstructure
and to the swing center of the undercarriage respectively.
Pressure oil flows to the right and left travel motors
through spindle (1) and each oil port of body (2).Seals (3)
prevent oil leaks between spindle (1) and body (2).

Section A-A e
d a

b c

A c
f

a
1
b

2 f
A
TJAA-03-08-001 TJAA-03-08-002

a Travel (Left Reverse) c- Travel (Right Reverse) e- Pilot Port for Travel Mode f- Drain
b- Travel (Right Forward) d- Travel (Left Forward) Control

1- Spindle 2- Body 3- Seal

T3-8-2
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 8 Others (Undercarriage)

Track Adjuster
The track adjuster located on the side frame consists of
spring (3) and adjuster cylinder (1).
dCAUTION: Adjuster cylinder (1) is highly
pressurized. As valve (10) may fly out and the
Spring (3) absorbs the loads applied to the front idler. highly pressurized grease may spout out, do
Track sag is adjusted by piston rod (2). not loosen valve (10) quickly and/or excessively.
Keep face and body parts away from valve (10)
 When grease is supplied through grease fitting (5), and loosen valve (10) slowly and gradually. In
grease fills chamber (a) in adjuster cylinder (1), pushes addition, do not loosen the grease fitting (5).
piston rod (2), and reduces track sag.
 In order to increases track sag, loosen the hexagonal
part (a) of valve (10) 1 to 1.5 turns counterclockwise
and release grease.
10

5 b

11

T1J1-03-08-002

10 6 8 9 a 3 1 7 2

T1J1-03-08-001

b- Hexagonal Part

1- Adjuster Cylinder 5- Grease Fitting 8- Washer 11- Grease Discharge Hole


2- Piston Rod 6- Nut 9- Spacer
3- Spring 7- Flange 10- Valve

T3-8-3
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 8 Others (Undercarriage)

(Blank)

T3-8-4
MEMO
MEMO
Hitachi Construction Machinery Co. Ltd Hitachi Ref. No.
Attn: Publications, Marketing & Product Support
Tel: 81-29-982-7084
Fax: 81-29-831-1162
E-mail: dc@hitachi-kenki.com

SERVICE MANUAL REVISION REQUEST FORM

COMPANY NAME: MODEL:


PUBLICATION PART NO.:
YOUR NAME: (Located at the left top corner in the cover page)
DATE: PAGE NO.:
FAX: (Located at the bottom center in the page. If two or more revisions
are requested, use the comment column)
E-mail:

YOUR COMMENTS / SUGGESTIONS:


Attach photo or sketch if required.
If your need more space, please use another sheet.

REPLY:

(Copy this form for usage)

You might also like